BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL ARTS

5TH & 6TH SEMESTER BVA SYLLABUS

5th AND 6th SEMESTER
Structure and Syllabus

Visual Art
 Visual art Programs

PAINTING

APPLIED ART

SCULPTURE

ANIMATION

GRAPHIC ART (PRINT MAKING)

CERAMICS

ART HISTORY

DESIGN

TRADITIONAL SCULPTURE
Curriculum of
BVA
in
Painting
5th & 6th Semester
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of Visual Arts (BVA)

V SEMESTER PAINTING DEPARTMENT

Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Type of Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per Exam Marks with Credits
marks
Semester display

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

01 Composition 1 Display
150 75 75 150 5
and Viva

02 Drawing-3 Display
120 50 50 100 4
and Viva

03 Drawing from Life

Display
120 50 50 100 4
and Viva
04 Survey of Indian Painting- Exam
45 SEE 40 100 3
60
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE
01 Indian Traditional Painting-1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
02 Print Making Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
03 Photography Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
04 Sculpture Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
05 Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra Exam
45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -1
01 Interior Design 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
02 Digital Art-1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
03 Textile Design 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
04 Art Management 1. Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
05 Art Education 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 1
Program Name BVA in Painting Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Composition -1 (practical)

Course Code: DSC VA 15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

In this subject student develop the understanding to relate all the basic painting techniques. This subject
helps the students to solve the compositional problems regarding space arrangements and colour
distributions, proportions etc.
It helps to build a language of visual understanding. It is the initial step of expressing oneself with a
deeper insight, and to answer the urges of expressing oneself in visual media. It aims to search answers

and understand.
Enhance to visualize artistic skill inputs for creative painting.

Course Description:
All that is creatively perceived and expressed on two-dimensional (2D) surface or a picture or design
executed in paints is Painting to begin with. There are many other ways of describing or defining Painting.
To begin with the focus is on the understanding of basic elements of composition like building up of
grammar to be able to use it in the individual capacity in the process of art.

Contents 150 Hrs

Content: Figurative composition with the support of daily sketches (subjective or objective compositions).
Creating contrast images using Monochrome and colour. Paintings with focus on exercises to compose
interiors, exteriors and the like with human, animal, or/and with architectural elements. More emphasis on
the balance of basic visual elements like line, shape, form, colour, texture, tonal value, space, rhythm,
contrasts, proportion etc.

*Pictorial space and horizontal line, arrangements in 2D and 3D , sub division of grouping compositions
based on visual elements, landscape copy with suitable change in miniature and folk art,Using own style in
their creative composition.

Page 2
*Note: Can Reproduce-Realistic/Contemporary/Traditional paintings of Indian & Western old masters
and recreating them through personal interpretations. Should make one or two paintings on Canvas

To know the colour theory and visual language in advanced level

Guidelines: Collage can be a helpful tool to develop basic understanding of positive- negative planes and
the relation of colours with its neighbouring colour. Gallery visits must be encouraged. An introduction to
the Western, Eastern & Indian Paintings of simple subjects, which will help in understanding different
approaches in art can be introduced.

Learning Objectivities:

*Recapturing the fundamentals of expression with colour affected by the source of light and various
surfaces it falls on, through exercises in Still Life, Life Painting and Outdoors.

*Understanding the 2-D surface and its structural possibilities and its basic relation the desired form and
content. Exercises based on simple compositions using everyday sketches of objects, nature studies,
human figures and animals etc.

*Compositional exercises based on studies of objects and groups in space, on studies of the local scene.
Study in Indian miniature and folk art. Compositional analysis of paintings: exercises in the use of colour
and textural values.

Media: Water colour, Poster Colour, Acrylic Colour, Oil Colour, Pastel Colour, Cryon, Mix media. Etc.

Submission Work: 08 Composition. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and
museum/gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project works on Composition 25%

Compositionrelated activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Composition in Art: An Introduction (Dover Art Instruction) by Henry Rankin Poore (Author)
2 Principles Of Composition In Hindu Sculpture Cave Temple Period By. Alice Boner.

Page 3
References
3 The Spirit Of Indian Painting: Close Encounters With 100 Great Works, 1100- 1900 (2014), Penguin.
By. B.N. Goswamy.

4 A Guide To 101 Modern And Contemporary Indian Artists (2005), India Book House. By. Amrita
Jhaveri.

5 The Theory of Indian Painting: the Citrasutras, their Uses and Interpretations By. Isabella Nardi
6 Mural Paintings Of Andhra By Meneni Krishnamurti.
7 Composition in Drawing: The Design and Composition of Drawings.by Markus Agerer.
8 Mastering Composition: Techniques and Principles to Dramatically Improve Your Painting.by lan
Roberts.
9 Pictorial Composition (Composition in Art)by Henry Rankin Poore
10 The Art of Composition: A Simple Application of Dynamic Symmetry (Classic Reprint) Paperback
- August 24, 2018by Michel Jacobs.
11 Art Fundamentals 2nd edition: Light, shape, color, perspective, depth, composition & anatomy. by
3dtotal Publishing (Editor)
12 Watercolour Composition Made Easy Hardcover- January 1, 1999by David R. Becker (Author).
13 Line Color Form: The Language of Art and Design Kindle Edition by Jesse Day.
14 The Painter's Secret Geometry: A Study of Composition in Art.by Charles Bouleau.
15 Learning Art Composition: A Step-by-Step Guide to Composition in Art (Become an Artist Book4).
by Dr. John Lumley.
16 16.A manual of painting material and technique by Mark David Goattsegen.
17 Notes of the techniques of paintings by Hilaire Hilder
http://www.smashingmagazine.com/tag/usability/
http://painting.answers.com/abstract.

Page 4
Program Name BVA in Painting Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Drawing -3 (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA 16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Upon successful completion of this course, student will demonstrate an ability to draw through
observation.
Student will be able to applying an understanding of line, volume, proportion, and perspective in a
unified Composition.
Develop Drawing skills with different medium and handling the techniques.
Enhances Compositional Skill with understanding the values of drawings.
Application of drawing on different surfaces with artistic inputs.
Inculcation of visual communication by using drawing.

Course Description:

Here the course allows the students to practice human figure studies with drawing base in Indian and
Western ideology. Students are also experimenting.

withdrawing mediums such as, Pencil, Pen, and Ink, Postal, Charcoal, Water colours, Acrylics etc. Course
allows students to draw more than one figure and to compose them suitably in the given space. Students
are also allowed to take references from the Indian miniature and fresco paintings apart from their own
photographic images to study the figurative styles and expressions of the themes.

Contents 120 Hrs

Explore charcoal, pencil ,pen and ink , pestal and conte in object- figure based compositions.

*More detailed observation of the human figures with body expressions.

*Perspective outdoor studies that can be transposed onto Indian miniature perspective.

*Drawing on famous Indian sculptures

*Anthropomorphism, solids and practicing the parts of the human body.

Page 5
 *Using art journals to create small sketches and outline of practice.

*Natural forms study from multiple angles.

*Creative drawing composition.

*Study of drawings done by old masters and recreating them through personal interpretations.

*To learn to compose more than one figure in composition.

*To experiment with drawing applications and the mediums

Learning Objectives:
Creating a drawing based on the basic principles of design and drawing.
Learning to understand the association and disassociation of objects and forms from perspective, space
and size.
Understanding of human anatomy, understanding of expression, character, texture and depth in different
mediums and lighting conditions.
Insight into drawing, different ways and reasons to draw and its representational power.
Understanding the importance of sketches, drawing and techniques separately and their combination to
create an artwork.
Drawing with individual style and technique

Media: charcoal, pencil, pen and ink, Crayon, pastel and colours, mix media. Etc.

Submission Work:08Drawings. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/ gallery
/ educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project Work on Drawing 25%

Drawing related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 6
References

1. Figure Drawing for Dummies by Kensuke Okabayashi

2. Complete Life Drawing Course by Diana Constance
3. Drawing figures Ray Smith
4. Figures and Faces by Hugh Laidman
5. Art of Drawing People by Debra Kauffman Yaun, Will
6. Materials, methods & symbolism in the pichhvai painting tradition of Rajasthan by Desmond
Lazaro

Page 7
Program Name BVA in Painting Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Drawing from life -3 (Theory)

Course Code: DSC-VA 17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Life study is not a reproduction of the sitter but a statement about him or her and about art as such. It is

light, pose, tonal values, materials used and hand co-ordination.

Drawing helps to promote deeper and keener observations along with rendering skills. It is also a store
of visual, as first-hand rendering information. It is largely to develop finer perception.
This course will enable Students to study from live model with a exploring various application method
and rendering techniques towards life portraiture.

Course Description:
In this Course emphasis is given to learn the application of Tones and Tints in monochromes including
black and white neutral, grey tones etc. The objective is to learn the modulations of the Life study, partial
study of life using real / plaster models. Main part of the Course is focused on Full figure study, partial
study of the body, 360-degree angle perspective study of the model posing in different postures. Emphasize
is given on the process of drawing and painting, application of tone, tints, layers, Tonal judgements and
other technical study and experimentation of the different medium.

Contents 120 Hrs

A study of the (Black and white, tone tints with different media) from all angles which
must be to grasp the total structure of the seated model. Studies of human body is to be undertaken to
understand expression, and modelling keeping in view the light and shade, tonal values, likeness, and its
contemporary needs. Linear drawings will be exercised using different media with an understanding of
graphic quality. Exercises in:

Male and Female with different age.

Legs.

Page 8
 Guideline: An introduction to the drawings of life study, from different periods in the history of art would
prove beneficial e.g. Life study of Indian painters. And Durer, Rembrandt, Ingres, Mughal, Rajput life study
etc. Designs from Ajanta, Ellora, Halebeedu, Belur and the like can help in understanding design element.
To encourage the use of studio studies to create complete life drawings as a work of art.

Learning Objectives:

Students can use colour mediums like water colours, Acrylics and oil colours.etc.

Students can use different techniques practiced and perfected after Completing this course.

Students can capture the mood of the seated model and transfer it in their life study.

Students will perfect in life study in unusual angles and perspectives

Media: Pencil, Charcoals, Pastels, Pen and Ink, Mix-media. And Monochrome &Gray scheme.

Submission Work:08Drawings from life. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 01 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/gallery
/ educational study tour / visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Drawing from Life Projects 15%

Drawing from Life related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 The artists complete guide to Drawing the Head by William L. Maughan
2 Drawing the Human Head. by Burne Hogarth 3. Action Anatomy by Takashi Iijima
3 How to Paint Living Portraits by Roberta Carter Clark 5. Heads, Features and Faces by George Brant
Bridgman.
4 Painting from life exploration in water colour: Exploration in water colour by Douglas Law.

5 Beautiful portrait painting in oils by Chris Saper.

Page 9
Program Name BVA in Painting /Sculpture /Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making) / Ceramics
/Art History

Course Title Survey of Indian Paintings-5 (Theory) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 18 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Learning to recognize Paintings and Mural painting, styles of ancient and medieval India
Students will also be introduced to study of iconography, narrative structure of painting.
Introduction to Buddhist, Hindu, Jain paintings
Various schools of Paintings in South, North and western and eastern India in general.
A study of this nature builds a deep insight and understanding of Indian Art. It also enhances a regard
and appreciation for Indian visual culture. Apart from the above, it contributes to strengthen the visual
literacy required in contemporary art situation.

Course Description:
In this course, students are introduced to the survey of Indian paintings from the Western Indian, Hoysala
to Tanjore paintings period and Folk art forms of India. Emphasis will be on painting styles. The primary
intention of this focused course is to assist immersion in the cultures of the subcontinent.

Contents 45 Hrs
Unit: 1 - MURAL PAINTINGS / PAINTIGNS

Unit: 2. MINIATURE PAINTINGS

Mewar and Kota Paintings

Basoli and Kangra Paintings

Unit: 4. FOLK PAINTINGS

Page 10
 Learning Objectives:

Learning to recognize painting styles of India.

Introduction to Buddhist, Hindu, Jain paintings

Insights into making and materials.

Understanding art in relation to its socio-political, cultural, economic and material context.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions, workshop and museum/gallery/site visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 10%

Tests 20%

Theory related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 40%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 11
Page 12
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

VI SEMESTER PAINTING DEPARTMENT

Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
hours Per of Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

01 Composition-2 150 5 Hours 75 75 150 5

02 Drawing -4 120 5 Hours 50 50 100 4

03 Painting from Life-5 120 5 Hours 50 50 100 4

Exam
04 Indian Aesthetics. 45 2 hours 40 100 3
60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Printmaking 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Building Construction & Exam

Materials 45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -2

01 Interior Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

01 Internship 2

Page 13
Program Name BVA in Painting Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Composition -2 (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

In this subject student develop the understanding to relate all the basic painting techniques. This subject
helps the students to solve the compositional problems regarding space arrangements and colour
distributions, proportions etc.
It helps to build a language of visual understanding. It is the initial step of expressing oneself with a
deeper insight, and to answer the urges of expressing oneself in visual media. It aims to search answers

and understand.
Enhance to visualize artistic skill inputs for creative painting.

Course Description:
All that is creatively perceived and expressed on two-dimensional (2D) surface or a picture or design
executed in paints is Painting to begin with. There are many other ways of describing or defining Painting.
To begin with the focus is on the understanding of basic elements of composition like building up of
grammar to be able to use it in the individual capacity in the process of art.

Contents 150 Hrs

Content: Figurative composition with the support of daily sketches (subjective or objective compositions).
Creating contrast images using Monochrome and colour. Paintings with focus on exercises to compose
interiors, exteriors and the like with human, animal, or/and with architectural elements. More emphasis on
the balance of basic visual elements like line, shape, form, colour, texture, tonal value, space, rhythm,
contrasts, proportion etc.
*Pictorial space and horizontal line, arrangements in 2D and 3D , sub division of grouping compositions
based on visual elements, landscape copy with suitable change in miniature and folk art, Using own style
in their creative composition.
To know the colour theory and visual language in advanced level

Page 14
 Guidelines: Collage can be a helpful tool to develop basic understanding of positive- negative planes and
the relation of colours with its neighbouringcolour. Gallery visits must be encouraged. An introduction to
the Western, Eastern & Indian Paintings of simple subjects, which will help in understanding different
approaches in art can be introduced.

Learning Objectives:

Recapturing the fundamentals of expression with colour affected by the source of light and various
surfaces it falls on, through exercises in Still Life, Life Painting and Outdoors.

Understanding the 2-D surface and its structural possibilities and its basic relation the desired form and
content. Exercises based on simple compositions using everyday sketches of objects, nature studies,
human figures and animals etc.

Compositional exercises based on studies of objects and groups in space, on studies of the local scene.
Study in Indian miniature and folk art. Compositional analysis of paintings: exercises in the use of
colour and textural values.

Media: Water colour, Acrylic Colour, Oil Colour, Mix media. Etc.

Submission Work: 08 Composition. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/ gallery/
educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project works on Composition 25%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Composition in Art: An Introduction (Dover Art Instruction) by Henry Rankin Poore (Author)
2 Principles Of Composition In Hindu Sculpture Cave Temple Period By. Alice Boner.

3 The Spirit Of Indian Painting: Close Encounters With 100 Great Works, 1100- 1900 (2014), Penguin.
By. B.N. Goswamy.

Page 15
References
4 A Guide To 101 Modern And Contemporary Indian Artists (2005), India Book House. By. Amrita
Jhaveri.

5 The Theory of Indian Painting: the Citrasutras, their Uses and Interpretations By. Isabella Nardi
6 Mural Paintings Of Andhra By Meneni Krishnamurti.
7 Composition in Drawing: The Design and Composition of Drawings.by Markus Agerer.
8 Mastering Composition: Techniques and Principles to Dramatically Improve Your Painting.by lan
Roberts.
9 Pictorial Composition (Composition in Art)by Henry Rankin Poore
10 The Art of Composition: A Simple Application of Dynamic Symmetry (Classic Reprint) Paperback
- August 24, 2018by Michel Jacobs.
11 Art Fundamentals 2nd edition: Light, shape, color, perspective, depth, composition & anatomy. by
3dtotal Publishing (Editor)
12 Watercolour Composition Made Easy Hardcover- January 1, 1999by David R. Becker (Author).
13 Line Color Form: The Language of Art and Design Kindle Edition by Jesse Day.
14 The Painter's Secret Geometry: A Study of Composition in Art.by Charles Bouleau.
15 Learning Art Composition: A Step-by-Step Guide to Composition in Art (Become an Artist Book4).
by Dr. John Lumley.
16 16.A manual of painting material and technique by Mark David Goattsegen.
17 Notes of the techniques of paintings by Hilaire Hilder
http://www.smashingmagazine.com/tag/usability/
http://painting.answers.com/abstract.

Page 16
Program Name BVA in Painting Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Drawing -4 (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA 20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Student will be able to applying an understanding of line, volume, proportion, and perspective in a
unified Composition.
Develop Drawing skills with different medium and handling the techniques.
Enhances Compositional Skill with understanding the values of drawings.
Application of drawing on different surfaces with artistic inputs.
Inculcation of visual communication by using drawing.

Course Description:
Here the course allows the students to practice human figure studies with drawing base in Indian and
Western ideology. Students are also experimenting.
withdrawing mediums such as, Pencil, Pen, and Ink, Postal, Charcoal, Water colours, Acrylics etc. Course
allows students to draw more than one figure and to compose them suitably in the given space. Students
are also allowed to take references from the Indian miniature and fresco paintings apart from their own
photographic images to study the figurative styles and expressions of the themes.

Contents 120 Hrs

Explore charcoal, pencil, pen and ink , pestal and conte in object- figure based compositions.
*More detailed observation of the human figures with body expressions.
*Perspective outdoor studies that can be transposed onto Indian miniature perspective.
*Drawing on famous Indian sculptures
*Anthropomorphism, solids and practicing the parts of the human body.
*Using art journals to create small sketches and outline of practice.
*Natural forms study from multiple angles.
*Creative drawing composition.

Page 17
 *Study of drawings done by old masters and recreating them through personal interpretations.
*To learn to compose more than one figure in composition.
*To experiment with drawing applications and the mediums.

Learning Objectives:

Creating a drawing based on the basic principles of design and drawing.

Learning to understand the association and disassociation of objects and forms from perspective, space
and size.

Understanding of human anatomy, understanding of expression, character, texture and depth in different
mediums and lighting conditions.

Insight into drawing, different ways and reasons to draw and its representational power.

Understanding the importance of sketches, drawing and techniques separately and their combination to
create an artwork.

Drawing with individual style and technique

Media: charcoal, pencil ,pen and ink , pastel and colours, mix media. Etc.

Submission Work:08Drawings. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/ gallery
/ educational study tour/ visits. etc

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Pictorial Work on Drawing 25%

Drawing related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 Figure Drawing for Dummies by Kensuke Okabayashi

2 Complete Life Drawing Course by Diana Constance

3 Drawing figures Ray Smith

Page 18
References

4 Figures and Faces by Hugh Laidman

5 Art of Drawing People by Debra Kauffman Yaun, Will

6 Materials, methods & symbolism in the pichhvai painting tradition of Rajasthan by Desmond Lazaro.

Page 19
Program Name BVA in Painting Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Painting from life-3

Course Code: DSC-VA 21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): This study aims at building an understanding of the human body with proportion,
tones, to develop artistic skills. Inculcation to develop new ways to paint using variety of strategies for
expressing visual study through painting medium. Developing a heightened awareness of the physical
world, the nature of the relationship of human beings to it. It serves as a potential subjective element in
painting, as a genuine exercise in composing.

Course Description:
This is a continuation of the Practical Course from the previous Semester. Here the course allows the
students to practice human figure life studies with colour schemes. Course allows students to draw and
paint life study/ full figure and to compose them suitably in the given space. Students are also allowed to
take references from the Indian miniature and fresco paintings apart from their own photographic images
to study the life study.

The additional focus is on the play and changes of light and body language when the model is
indoor/outdoor or in casual gestures. This insists in a brisk, quicker grasp of the overall form at the cost of
the details.

Contents 120 Hrs

Life study with colour
As a continuation of the previous semester, the life study from a model should be in a different environment,
inside/outside the studio or in a domestic group setting.
Study from full figure with emphasis on delineation of character. And structural drawings, different angles
of model, heads, hands, torso, and legs.
Real and dramatization and various expressions, composition of figure in different settings, emphasis on
the development of a personal style.
Full figure in drawings and later colour studies to be executed. Such as Water colour, Poster colour, Oil
colour, Acrylic colour, Mix media on paper or canvas.

Page 20
 Learning Objectives:

This course will enable students to study from live model with a exploring various application method
and rendering techniques towards Life study with colour.

The indoor/outdoor study of the model could be a new attempt but should be arranged wherever full
day light is available.

The dramatically changing sunlight /directional light can avail more life to the model.

This need not lay stress on the fine, absolute completion of the study.

It can be quick and suggestive but be precise and clear in the grasp of the subject.

Discuss the figures in Indian sculpture and painting (ex: Ajantha).

Introduce to old masters/contemporary Indian & Western life study/portraits, as a supportive element
to the above said practical exercise.

Medium: Water colour, Poster colour, Oil colour, Acrylic colour, Oil pastel, Colour pencil, Mix media
on paper or canvas.

Submission Work:08Painting from Life. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/ gallery
/ educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Painting from Life Projects 15%

Painting from Life related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 21
Page 22
Program Name BVA in Painting /Sculpture /Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making) / Ceramics
/Art History

Course Title Indian Aesthetics (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 22 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Knowledge about Indian Philosophy, rich cultural heritage, will enhance the self-respect and value of
our ancient scripture. Students will be aware about Indian Philosophy and our rich culture. Getting the
historical knowledge about art and its rules in ancient time.
Students will learn to feel pleasure from a work of art. Enhancing the Knowledge of Criticism in Art..

Course Description:
Indian Aesthetics - It aims to provide an insight to the Indian Aesthetics theories and art appreciation. The
course provides a detailed understanding on various concepts of Indian Aesthetics. This course will help
the students to get a clear understanding on the Aesthetic theories of various Indian Philosopher.

Contents 45 Hrs
Unit: 1

1.Indian Aesthetics - Meaning, Concept, Nature and Scope.

2.Theories of Beauty - Bharatha's Rasa Siddhanth,
3.Theories of Beauty

Unit: 2

1.Theories of Beauty Auchithya Siddhantha

2. Theories of Beauty-Alankara Siddhantha,
3.Theories of Beauty Riti Siddhantha.

Unit: 3

1.Theories of Beauty - Abhivyakthi Siddantha

2.Theories of Beauty-Shadanga Siddhantha.

Page 23
 3.Indian Aesthetics Vision Opinions of Major Thinkers.

Learning Objectives:

Know the historical aspects of Indian Art and Aesthetics through its documented events and works of
art as well as to develop the aesthetic sensibility.

Understand the major Fundamental element of Indian Art and Aesthetics.

Knowledge of the interrelations of Philosophy, Society, Morality, Symbol, Education, Communication,

Ability etc. in the perspective of art

Gain the knowledge of Indian Aesthetics with reference to Vedic and Puranic Literature.

Explain the theory of Ras according to Natyashastra.

Relate Aesthetics and its Philosophy

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions, workshop and museum/gallery/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 10%

Tests 20%

Theory related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 24
Page 25
 Curriculum
of
BVA
in
Applied Art
5th & 6th Semester

Page 26
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

V SEMESTER APPLIED ART DEPARTMENT

Display
and Viva
Display
and Viva
Display
and Viva

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
02 Print Making Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
03 Photography Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
04 Sculpture Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
05 Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra Exam
45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -1
01 Interior Design 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
02 Digital Art-1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
03 Textile Design 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
04 Art Management 1. Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
05 Art Education 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 27
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Package Design (practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Invention using different paper products in consideration of human factors such as physical,
physiological and perceptual importance.
Developing product design with aesthetic appeal to the final product.
To design and produce packing prototypes for common products.
Imparting knowledge with Practical Assignments on Package Design.
Enhancing the skill of using colours and Design values.

Course Description:
Fundamental elements of Package Design both Traditional and Contemporary Package Design will be
understood. Hand drawn rough visuals, using various instruments along with basic design software tools of
computer. Package Design, its development in graphic expressions. Basic Package Design, Types of
Package Design & colour, optical and mechanical spacing with type or letter form for visual message type
specification for Package Design

Contents 150 Hrs

Content: Designing various shapes of product carton and containers boxes of domestic and nondomestic
purposes. Principles of package design-approaches rendering techniques. And other various usable forms
of packaging materials, printing possibilities, production of packaging materials, shape, size, colour and
illustrations. Packaging for different consumer durables like food and beverages, cargo courier, services
and containers, point of sale and purchase.

Scope: Aims to build an understanding of brands and packaging forms, characteristics nature and
functionality, presentation and aesthetic, mass appeal to the need of global industry standards. Integral to
ign
by their designing. A packing that specifically address maximum biodegradable, environment friendly
material.

Page 28
 Guidelines: This class provides a balance of experience between using a conventional usage of packaging,
design material and new trends in packaging and technology used to print. Its limitation and possibilities is
to be discussed. Students are expected to produce work suitable for commercial market to the current
industry standards. Emphasis is placed on use of wide variety of materials, experimentation, creativity and,
exploring possibilities.

Learning Objectivities:

Thinking thorough knowledge and Exploration to enhance ability of creative skill on Package design.
This Subject encourages the students to apply problems-solutions suitable to various design Industries.
Implementation of creative approach in the form of digital generated image is also part of the study.
The course is supported by adequate theoretical & Practical knowledge.

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations, and Advertising Company /Gallery visits

References
1 A visual Guide to a century of packaging designs Robert Opie
2 Colour Harmony workbook Rock port

3 Presentation Techniques Dick Powell

4 Graphics Packaging 4 Walter Herdeg

5 Packaging Design -4 PDC Gold Awards - Charles Biondo

6 Package form and Design -3351

7 Demographics Packaging -3743

8 S4 Packaging Part 1-4 3761

9 Structural packaging design your own boxes and 3D forms-Paul Jackson

10 Packaging Design: successful Product Boarding form, concept to shelf Marianne R Klimchuck

Page 29
References
11 Packaging Design Chris Van Ufffelen

12 Packaging Design An introduction by Lazio Roth

13 Fancy Packaging and design Templates source book - 2

14 New Approaches to Packaging designs Gestalten - 3928

15 Boxed and Labelled Two!

16 Website search

Page 30
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Creative Illustration 3 (practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

The student will be able to develop their own personal style by experimenting with different techniques.

the best creative solutions for the creation of imaginative illustrations.

Imparting knowledge with Practical Assignments on various Illustration.
Creative Illustration with special emphasis on attributes of various drawing medium
t providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic principles
of Illustration.
The study of illustration with examples of different life style. Rural, Children & Fashion Illustration.
Illustration to develop a career as illustrator needs not only to be inventive but logical & persuasive in
implementing visual language information.

Course Description:
The art of illustrating has been around for a long time and since the appearance of digital programs this art
form has diversified itself and helped open the door for new creative jobs in many different areas like The
internet, Television, Publishing, Medicine, Sciences, Newspapers, Theatre, Magazines, Cinema,
Corporations, and Advertising field.

Contents 120 Hrs

Contents: Advanced techniques for rendering with colour, colour separation process, line and halftone

book illustration, for games, transport, airways, seaways etc.

Scope
providing the best creative solutions for the creation of imaginative illustrations. The student will be able
to develop their own personal style by experimenting with different techniques.

Page 31
Guidelines: Exploring drawing with special emphasis on attributes of various drawing mediums and as the
means of non-personal representation and expression. This will further leads to the exploration of various
tools and materials available. An assignment on various illustration projects has to be completed under the

Learning Objectivities:

video media, book illustration, for games,

transport, airways, seaways etc.
This Subject encourages the students to apply problems-solutions suitable to various Publishing.
Media. Like books, Magazine & Newspapers etc.
The course is supported by adequate theoretical & Practical knowledge.
Implementation of creative illustration approach in the form of digital generated image is also part of
the study.

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations

References
1 Illusive- Contemporary illustration part 3
2 What is illustration- Lawrence Zegen - Rotovision

3 The new guide to illustration and design Simon Jennings

4 American Showcase

6 The Fundamentals of illustration-Ava-Academia - Lawrence zeegen/crush

7 Illustration workbook -31

8 Handbook of illustration - the Eleventh Annual Edward Booth Cliburn

9 Communication Arts - Illustration annual 53, 54

Page 32
References
10 Landmarks of Twentieth century Design

11 Illustrated Handbook - Katryn / Hiesiher and George Marcus

12 European Illustration The Eleventh annual Edward Booth Clibborn

13 200 best Illustrations worldwide Archive

14 American Illustration - 06, 12 (2 books)

15 Illustrate 6 Dutch Designs

16 European Illustration

Page 33
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Indoor Ad Design (practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

The student will be able to develop their own personal style by experimenting with different Indoor
advertisements Design.

the best solutions for the creation of Indoor advertisements.

Imparting knowledge with Practical Assignments on various Indoor Ad Medias
The Indoor Ad Design aimed at providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic principles
of Indoor advertisements & Medias

Course Description:
Introduction to fundamental elements of Indoor advertisements with reference to the print media
communication. This covers wide areas of print media-based publications such as magazines, newspaper,
Annual Report, and other media which basically involve Printing. Columns and size restrictions,
typography for editorial publication, layout design is also introduced.

Contents 120 Hrs

Contents: Exercises to understand Principles of indoor Ad design, ingredients in a layout, elements in Print
advertising and their functional aspects- preparing visual and verbal comprehensive. Exercises in Typeface,
Indoor Ad copy, visuals, pre-press, post-press process for advertising and its applications is to be exposed.

Scope: Aims to understand the basics of print communication, elements for designing and printing
processes.

Guidelines: It is encouraged to use library facilities and indoor advertisements sources effectively to
communicate different type of information. By applying this knowledge in the context of various structures
of Indoor advertisement-write and edit simple copy applying principles for preparing copy for print.
Students are exposed to examples of greatest copywriters in print. Exercise includes visualization and rough

Page 34
 comprehensives preparation and display of pre-visualization in the class under the guidance of teacher with
regular discussion.

Learning Objectivities:

This Subject encourages the students to apply problems-solutions suitable to various Publishing Indoor
Media. Like books, Magazine & Newspapers etc.
The course is supported by adequate theoretical & Practical knowledge about indoor Media
Thinking thorough knowledge and Exploration to enhance ability of creative skill on Indoor
advertisements design.

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations workshop. And Advertising Company

References
1 Classic guide to creating great Ads what is illustration?
2 Graphics 2 alive Graphic excellence

3 Communication Arts (series)Archives series

4 Think Design Construct

5 Classic guide to creating great Adswhat is illustration?

6 Graphics 2 alive Graphic excellence

7 Communication Arts (series)Archives series

Page 35
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Computer Fundamentals & Graphics Design (Theory) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 18 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

through theoretical study, providing the best solutions for the theoretical knowledge of computer
.
Imparting knowledge with theatrical Practical Assignments on various computer graphics and

The Computer Fundamentals & Graphics Design aimed at providing the students with adequate
knowledge of the basic principles .

Course Description:
The subject offers an introduction to the world of computing with particular emphasis on the Personal
Computer (PC) and its place in the wider world of networks and corporate information systems.

Contents 45 Hrs
Contents: The semester comprehensively covers Fundamentals of computer, History of computers,
Hardware and software, Peripheral devices, basic programming using C Language, Microsoft Office,
Networking and Internet, Basic Computer Graphics.

Scope: Introduces to the students the basic components of a PC, so they have a clear basic understanding
of the main hardware units at a macro level. Introduce the relationship between information and data and
the way computers use binary codes to represent data and instructions. Stimulate analysis and to develop a
critical approach to the observation of IT systems and networks in everyday use in typical retail and banking
sectors. Examine a wide variety of different types of software, from operating systems to development and
applications packages, including an introduction to the Internet as a source of information.

Guidelines: It is encouraged to study concise history of computers, Networking and Internet. Students will
be exposed to Technical details and functioning of the computers. The students are expected to learn

Page 36
 Fundamentals of Computer, Hardware, Software, Networking and Internet to make them computer literate.
Students have to understand the working and troubleshooting of computers through assignments in the class

Learning Objectivities:

This Subject encourages the students to apply problems-solutions suitable to various different

Thinking thorough knowledge and Exploration to enhance ability of creative skill on Computer
Fundamentals & Graphics Design
The course is supported by adequate theoretical & Practical knowledge about Computer Fundamentals

Pedagogy: PPT, Lecture, Seminar and Advertising Company

Page 37
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

VI SEMESTER APPLIED ART DEPARTMENT

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Printmaking 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Building Construction & Exam

Materials 45 SEE 40 100 3
60
VOCATIONAL -2

01 Interior Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

01 Internship 2

Page 38
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Advertising campaign (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

theoretical and practical study, providing the best solutions for the theoretical knowledge of consume
& marketing
It aims Imparting knowledge with theoretical & Practical Assignments on various product & service
Advertising campaign
The advertising campaign Design aimed at providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic
principles of campaign planning.
The student will be able to develop their own personality with study of different marketing & consumer
behaviour.

Course Description:
This provides a comprehensive overview of advertising campaign and promotion. From an integrated
marketing communications perspective. It creates a clear understanding of traditional advertising and
promotional tools, and shows how other key elements within the marketing communication mix (e.g.
advertising, direct marketing, promotion and internet) can be integrated. Series of promotional ads to
promote ideas or service through strongly developed ads, visually and verbally. Communicate the same
content through different concept approaches and other related promotional needs. Attention is given to
key subjects such as market research, media planning, creative strategies for traditional markets, advertising
agency practices, competitive positioning and how each influences the effectiveness of an advertising
campaign.

Contents 150 Hrs

Content: Advertising campaign is basically a principle of unity, continuity and harmony. Creative ideas
for press advertisement campaign as a part of the total campaign plan for consumer products, ideas and

Page 39
 Scope: The primary goal of the advertising campaign course is to shift perceptual focus of class members
from an audience to creators of advertising and promotion strategies for business. There is a hand- on
practicum in which students prepare advertising campaigns for various media. Create content and develop
communication campaigns and presentations via multiple media platforms. To develop a clear
understanding of traditional advertising and promotional tools. To know how broad cast media (e.g.
Television, Radio,) print media (e.g. Magazines, Newspapers) sports media (e.g. Outdoor advertising)
direct marketing (e.g. Postal media) and interactive media (e.g. the internet are used in advertising campaign
and promotion.

Guidelines: The practical work must be supported by historical and cultural studies, and student must
explore how to function within the advertising agency structure, as part of the creative team. Visual research
and strategic planning will help to shape idea, so that it can be put together to create original portfolio.

Learning Objectivities:

It begin with the focus on the understanding of basic elements of campaign Design And like building
up to be able to use it in the individual capacity in the process of Advertising campaign planning
It is the initial step of expressing oneself with a deeper insight, and also to answer the urges of expressing
yourself in Advertising campaign planning
It Thinking thorough knowledge and Exploration to enhance ability of creative Advertising campaign
planning.

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations, Lecture, Seminar, workshop.

Page 40
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Creative Illustrations4 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

theoretical and
practical study.
It aims Imparting knowledge with theoretical & Practical Assignments on various types of Creative
Illustration like fashion Illustration, children Illustration product illustration etc.
The student will be able to develop their own personality with study of different types of illustration
This Subject aimed at providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic principles of
Drawing & Creative Illustration.

Course Description:
The art of illustrating has been around for a long time and since the appearance of digital programs this art
form has diversified itself and helped open the door for new creative jobs in many different areas like The
internet, Television, Publishing, Medicine, Sciences, Newspapers, Theatre, Magazines, Cinema,
Corporations, and Advertising.

Contents 120 Hrs

Content: Advanced techniques for rendering with color, color separation process, line and halftone

book illustration, for games, transport, airways, seaways etc.

Scope o interpret ideas through images,

providing the best creative solutions for the creation of imaginative illustrations. The student will be able
to develop their own personal style by experimenting with different techniques.

Guidelines: Exploring drawing with special emphasis on attributes of various drawing mediums and as the
means of non-personal representation and expression. This will further leads to the exploration of various
tools and materials available. An assignment on various illustration projects has to be completed under the

Page 41
 Learning Objectivities:

This Subject aimed at providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic principles of
Drawing & Creative Illustration.
It make the initial step of expressing oneself with a deeper insight, and also to answer the urges of
expressing yourself in Creative Illustration
It begin with the focus on the understanding of basic elements of Drawing & Illustration And like
building up to be able to use it in the individual capacity in the process of Illustration

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations, Lecture, Seminar, workshop.

References
1 Illusive- Contemporary illustration part 3
2 What is illustration- Lawrence Zegen - Rotovision

3 The new guide to illustration and design Simon Jennings

4 American Showcase

5 Illustrators illustration

6 The Fundamentals of illustration-Ava-Academia - Lawrence zeegen/crush

7 Illustration workbook -31

8 Handbook of illustration - the Eleventh Annual Edward Booth Cliburn

9 Communication Arts - Illustration annual 53, 54

10 Landmarks of Twentieth century Design

11 Illustrated Handbook - Katryn / Hiesiher and George Marcus

12 European Illustration The Eleventh annual Edward Booth Clibborn

13 200 best Illustrations worldwide Archive

Page 42
References
14 American Illustration - 06, 12 (2 books)

15 Illustrate 6 Dutch Designs

16 European Illustration

Page 43
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Outdoor Ad Design (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

The student will be able to develop their own personality with study of different of outdoor media
product service ads, bill boards, translates, kiosks, hoarding with neon signs, publicity and promotional
posters of different viewing range, size and scale,
It maker major publicity and promotional needs in urban and rural space, increasing the products sales
value.
It aims Imparting knowledge with theoretical & Practical Assignments on various product & service
outdoor advertisements.
The outdoor ad Design aimed at providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic principles
of campaign planning.

Course Description:
Outdoor media (OOH out of home media) also referred to an outdoor advertising, the poster is a medium
that can be used in different environments or locations and in a variety of shapes and sizes, As such posters
have become an integral part of the cityscape and unlike other media, such as television and press
advertising, internet, website, poster need only the street to exist.

Contents 120 Hrs

Content: Design for publicity and promotion either for business, commercial, social welfare organizations.
Communication of promotional service and idea-audience, coverage, economy in production, clear
message, allocation of type character in a design, such as posters, hoarding, billboards, legibility and
readability. Advertising for educating masses-for health education social services, politics, environment,
finance and banking etc.,

Scope: Outdoor media publicity and service has remained a constant medium. Promotion as a means of
visually and verbally communicating content and exploring various ideas concept and design processes to
communicate with broad audiences in a language that they understand.

Page 44
 Guidelines: It is encouraged to study and critically practice, to enable student to define their ideas and
concepts in the topic selected, develop skills based on digital media and electronic imaging During a period
of outdoor media study, it is necessary for student to investigate, collect data from information through
available sources. To produce rough concepts of design and display for interaction in the class and teachers
guidance

Learning Objectivities:

This Subject aimed at providing the students with adequate knowledge of the basic principles of outdoor
ad design
It make the initial step of expressing oneself with a deeper insight, and also to answer the urges of
expressing yourself in outdoor ad design
It begin with the focus on the understanding of basic elements of outdoor media And like building up
to be able to use it in the individual capacity in the process of outdoor ad design

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations, Lecture, Seminar, workshop.

References
1 Idea Index- Jim Krause
2 Selected from the graphics Annual Poster

3 The one show advertising best print , Radio ,TV

4 Graphic idea note nook - A Treasury of solutions to visual problems - White

5 Corporate showcase Volume-B Photography, illustration and graphic design

6 Graphics Poster 88

7 Graphics Poster - 91

8 Chartwell Book Inc

Page 45
References
9 Visual process- Wolfgang sehmiffel

10 Graphic Design Annual 2009

11 Concise History of poster Design John Baricoate

Page 46
Program Name BVA in Applied Art

Course Title Visual Communication & Media (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 22 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

The course is designed to provide a more advanced framework on various aspects of communications
including various tools of communication Medias.
It includes the role of communication and media research in improving effectiveness of communication
It also aims to provide career guidance for the students seeking suitable placements in the industry.
It aims Imparting knowledge with theoretical Assignments on various communication medias
The student will be able to develop their own communication personality with study of different levels.

Course Description:
The Course is designed to provide a broad introduction to communication media including the
communication process. It also aims to imparting a basic knowledge about visual communication and
media.

Contents 45 Hrs
Content: Introduction to Communication -What is communication? Definition of communication
evolution of communication- system of communication- types of communication- process of
communication- functions of communication- status of communication in the society-Introduction to
Visual Communication - Verbal & non -verbal - audio & video communication- the formula- the purpose
of communication etc.

Scope: Career Options, Personality development, Public speaking and presentation skills, personal
appearance grooming and physical fitness, self-organization, good manners, and tactfulness.

Guidelines: Students must be encouraged to adopt learning strategies that build self-confidence and enable
them to work independently as professional throughout the student life.

Page 47
 Learning Objectivities:

It aimed knowledge of communication related theory and criticism, and understand how these relate to
their own creative practice and future ambitions.
It make the initial step of expressing oneself with a deeper insight, and also to answer the urges of
expressing yourself in communication and it give Assistance and guidance by subject teachers, visiting
lecturers
It begin with the focus on the understanding of basic elements of communication and media and like
building up to be able to use it in the individual capacity in the process of public relationship.

Pedagogy: PPT, Demonstrations, Lecture, Seminar, workshop.

Page 48
 Curriculum
of
BVA
in
Animation
5th & 6th Semester

Page 49
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

V SEMESTER ANIMATION DEPARTMENT

Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Type of Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

Display &
01 Modelling & Rigging 150 75 75 150 5
Viva

Display &
02 Composition & Layout 120 50 50 100 4
Viva

Display &
03 Character Setup & Surfacing 120 50 50 100 4
Viva

Survey of Indian Painting Exam

04 45 SEE 40 100 3
(Refer this syllabus under Painting) 60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-1 Display &
90 50 50 100 3
Viva
02 Print Making Display &
90 50 50 100 3
Viva
03 Photography Display &
90 50 50 100 3
Viva
04 Sculpture Display &
90 50 50 100 3
Viva
05 Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra Exam
45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -1
01 Interior Design 1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3
02 Digital Art-1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3
03 Textile Design 1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3
04 Art Management 1. 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3
05 Art Education 1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 50
Program Name BVA in Animation Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Modelling & Rigging (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outlines (Cos):

Modelling: Students learn to create realistic character models for games using photographic references
and concepts. Strengthen understanding of human anatomy, modelling skills, and acquire the discipline
and techniques for organic modelling. Assignments worked on during this module could contribute to

Rigging: The aim of the module is to develop the understanding of a character Rig setup, Skinning and
painting weights along with creating a Global control. Also use and understand deformers and rigid
binding.

Course Description:

Students emphasizing in this area are guided through the process of asset creation for 3D films and games.
students study the fundamentals of anatomy, sculpture, painting, and design.

With a balance of foundational education and software-based technical training, an emphasis on Modelling
and Rigging offers students an extensive and in-depth skill set relevant to the demands of the industry.

A studio course focused on 3D lighting and surfacing techniques using industry standard software. Topics
covered include the relationship between surface and light; the effects of lighting and surfacing on a 3D
scene; types of lights and shadows; surface qualities, textures, and mapping; and industry lighting
techniques, including recreating real-world lighting. Students will also learn lighting & surface design and
workflow management.

Contents 150 Hrs

Modelling

Tools & Techniques for Character modelling.

Working with modelling techniques for character modelling, Understanding the importance of Working
with Simple Character models

Page 51
 Creating simple character models, Understanding different styles of Character Quadruped modelling
Creating simple quadruped models, Working with different styles of quadruped modelling

Rigging

Character Rigging
Pruning small weights, Normalize Weights, Export / import skin weight maps, Editing Rigid Skin,
Creating and Editing Flexors, Lattice, Sculpt, joint Cluster, Painting Cluster weights, Rigid Binding
Practice.
Rigging the controls - IK and FK, Joints and hierarchies Concept of Skeleton, Connect Joint, Remove,
joint, Insert joint, Re-root joint Mirror, Joint, Set preferred angle, Assume preferred angle.
Rigging a arm and hand, Simple rig, and Advanced rig Constraints, Point, Aim, Orient, Scale, Parent
Geometry, Normal, Tangent, Pole vector,
Remove target, Set rest position, Modifying axis
Switching between IK/FK, Adding the controls and attributes, Grouping and Parenting ,
Creating Biped Character joint structure, Creating Quadruped Character joint structure, Cleaning up the
rig and scene file
Creating and attaching controllers to the rig
Skinning and Rigging Biped and Quadruped Characters

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco Reference Books:

3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson

Page 52
References

4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and Jay Leyda

5 3D Automotive Modeling: An Insider's Guide to 3D Car Modeling and Design for ... By Andrew
Gahan , Introducing Autodesk Maya 2018

Page 53
Program Name BVA in Animation Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Composition & Layout (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Description:
Understand how to break down an image to repeatable elements. Understand perspective and proportion to
assemble a larger object based on elements.

To observe in detail, architecture and understand the role of perspective and proportion.

To work in a team to create a concept and work on separate aspects of the concept individually while
maintaining proportion, perspective and style.

Contents 120 Hrs

Introducing students to create stylized art style environment consisting of structures, foliage and props.

creating and environment for games and movies.

artwork portfolio.

Scope:
Understand how to break down an image to repeatable elements. Understand perspective and proportion to
assemble a larger object based on elements.

To observe in detail, architecture and understand the role of perspective and proportion.
To work in a team to create a concept and work on separate aspects of the concept individually while
maintaining proportion, perspective and style.

Guideline:
Team based task: create a concept plot with 3-4 buildings. Each building is assigned to an individual
member. Compile all the individual buildings from each member to create the plot. The final plot image,
should be harmonious in style, perspective and proportion.

Page 54
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco Reference Books:

3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson

4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and Jay Leyda

5 3D Automotive Modeling: An Insider's Guide to 3D Car Modeling and Design for ... By Andrew
Gahan, Introducing Autodesk Maya 2018

Page 55
Program Name BVA in Animation Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Character Setup & Surfacing (Theory)

Course Code: DSC-VA17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Hyper Realistic Texturing

Character Texture painting with Photoshop and 3D painting tool Image based Texturing ( Image
Projection) and Painting UV seams Creating Bump, Normal, Displacement and Specular map Texturing
techniques for Game Assets

Course Description:
To introduce students to Character Rig. The aim of the module is to develop the understanding of Character
joint setup and creating controls with constraints. Understanding of placement of joint, and its Orientation.
Understanding FK/IK arm setup. Understanding IK Leg setup with grouping method. The aim of the
module is to develop the understanding of a character Rig setup, Skinning and painting weights along with
creating a Global control. Also use and understand deformers and rigid binding.

Contents 120 Hrs

Bones and Joints Skin, Binding Kinematics (IK & FK), Requirements for a clean Model, Clean UVs.
Binding - Smooth Binding. Concept of a single cluster. Max Influence & Drop-off rate. Rigid Binding -
Concept of a multiple cluster, Practice of Rigid and Smooth Binding, Editing the Smooth Skin, Adding
influence objects, Painting of skin weights, Editing Skin weights, Mirror Skin Weights. Copy skin weights
Resetting, Skin weights. Pruning small weights, Normalize Weights, Export / import skin weight maps,
Editing Rigid Skin, Creating and Editing Flexors, Lattice, Sculpt, joint Cluster, Painting Cluster weights,
Rigid Binding Practice.
Rigging the controls - IK and FK, Joints and hierarchies Concept of Skeleton, Connect Joint, Remove,
joint, Insert joint, Re-root joint Mirror, Joint, Set preferred angle, Assume preferred angle.
Scope:
Understanding of placement of joint, and its Orientation & creating control.

Page 56
 Understanding IK/FK and how to create a switch for the IK/FK setup by implementing it on the human arm
portion of the rig.
Understanding Smooth Bind & Paint Weight the mesh to the Joints. This will attach the rig to the character
mesh. Also learn how to use the component editor for skinning.
Guideline:
Autodesk Maya 2018

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 40%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco Reference Books:

3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson

4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and Jay Leyda

5 3D Automotive Modeling: An Insider's Guide to 3D Car Modeling and Design for ... By Andrew
Gahan , Introducing Autodesk Maya 2018

Page 57
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

VI SEMESTER ANIMATION DEPARTMENT

Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Type of Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

Display &
01 Surfacing & Animation 150 Viva
75 75 150 5

Display &
02 Concept Arts 120 Viva
50 50 100 4

Display &
03 Lighting & Rendering 120 Viva 50 50 100 4

Indian Aesthetics. Exam

04 45 SEE 40 100 3
(Refer this syllabus under Painting) 60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Printmaking 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Building Construction & Exam

Materials 45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -2

01 Interior Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

01 Internship 2

Page 58
Program Name BVA in Animation Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Surfacing & Animation (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcome:

Surfacing: The purpose of this course is to make students understand the detailed process of 3D texturing
involved in Animation film making. The objective of the course is at the end of the subject students will
learn the methodologies involved in creating 3D stylized cartoon characters.
Animation: After completing this course students will be able to;

Execute Character animation, Character acting, Character interaction etc.

Course Description:
To introduce students to various texturing techniques and usages. To enhance observational skills to
improve eye for detail. Students learn to create and exhibit realistic modular 3d environment structures and
props aimed for a video/console game specification.
This course will introduce some of the complex advance animation. Introduces Character Animation
Character poses, character acting Character interaction etc.

Contents 150 Hrs

Surfacing
Hyper Realistic Texturing
Character Texture painting with Photoshop and 3D painting tool Image based Texturing ( Image
Projection) and Painting UV seams Creating Bump, Normal, Displacement and Specular map Texturing
techniques for Game Assets
Animation
Animating a scene
Blocking and staging the animation (Situation based) with multiple characters Animating the scene
(Situation based) with multiple characters
Fine-tuning the animation
Facial animation with blending expression shapes Lip sync Animation

Page 59
 Body and Lip sync animation for a Dialogue Working with Motion capture data Refinement of the Final
Animated Scene

Animation:

Walk Cycles with different personality

Run cycles with different physics
Quadrupeds Walk cycles
Quadrupeds Run Cycles
Acting for a script
Facial expression animation
Pushing, pulling, and lifting weights Animation
Climbing a cliff, rope, wall Animation

Scope:
Surfacing: The purpose of this course is to make students understand the detailed process of 3D texturing
involved in Animation film making. The objective of the course is at the end of the subject students will
learn the methodologies involved in creating 3D stylized cartoon characters.

Learning Outcomes: After completing this course students will be able to;

Animation: Execute Character animation, Character acting, Character interaction etc.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco Reference Books:

3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson

Page 60
References

4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and Jay Leyda

5 3D Automotive Modelling: An Insider's Guide to 3D Car Modelling and Design for ... By Andrew
Gahan , Introducing Autodesk Maya 2018

6 Mastering Maya 8.5 by JohnKundert- Gibbs, Mick Larkins, Dariush Derakhshani and Eric
Kunzendorf, Introducing ZBrush 4 By Eric Keller

7 ZBrush Studio Projects: Realistic Game Characters By Ryan Kingslien.

8 ZBrush Character Creation: Advanced Digital Sculpting, 2nd Edition By Scott Spencer.

9
Ri

10 Maya Scripting for 3D Artists: The MEL Companion by David Stripinis (2003), published by
Dreamtech Press, Woody II, Billy G (2006) Exploring Visual Effects, Thomson Delmar Learning.
Kerlow, Isaac V The Art of 3-D Computer Animation and Effects, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons

11 6.5AN, Subsidiary One subject to be select by the student for V and VI Semesters from the list
provided by the other concerned departments.

Page 61
 Program Name BVA in Animation Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Concept Arts (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA 20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Description: After completing this Course students will be able to;
Create Character Designs from the story.

Create Layouts for the story

Course Description:
This course will impart skills of conceptualizing and designing characters from the story to provide
knowledge and information for designing the layouts in colour

Contents 120 Hrs

Character Design
Character Visualization, Character Bible, Stereotypes, Developing Character for Comics, Films and TV
Episode. Elements of Character Design Creating Characters from Life
Anthropomorphism, Definition and meaning, Use of Anthropomorphic Characters in Modern Literature,
Films and Television, Theo Morphs and Pathetic Fallacy
Preparing hand-outs, Importance of Hand-outs, Various Elements of Hand-outs, Model Sheet, Turnaround
Sheet, Proportion Chart, Scale Sheet, Expression and Mouth Chart, Colour Ref Sheet, Prop Sheet,
Contemporary Designs
Guideline:
1. Cartoon Animation (The Collector's Series) [Paperback], Preston Blair
2. Animation Art: From Pencil to Pixel, the world of Cartoon Anime and CGI- Jerry Beck

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Page 62
 Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco Reference Books:

3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson

4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and Jay Leyda

5 3D Automotive Modelling: An Insider's Guide to 3D Car Modelling and Design for By Andrew
Gahan, Introducing Autodesk Maya 2018

6 The Animation Bible: A Practical Guide to the Art of Animating from Flipbooks to Flash [Paperback],
Maureen Furniss

7 Character Animation Crash Course! [Paperback] Eric Goldberg

Page 63
 Program Name BVA in Animation Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Lighting & Rendering (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA 21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Description:
Lighting Rendering: The objective of this course is how to implement lighting and camera in the virtual
world with reference to real world.
After completing this course students will be able to execute the lighting concepts in 3D environments.

Course Description:
The objective of this course is how to implement lighting and camera in the virtual world with reference to
real world.

After completing this course students will be able to execute the lighting concepts in 3D environments.

Contents 120 Hrs

Light Theory - Physical properties of light, Natural and artificial light study, Colour, Aesthetics, and mood,
Roll of lighting in visual composition. Light types and attributes, Shadows, Lighting effects.
Lighting Concepts - Outdoor lighting, indoor lighting, product lighting, character lighting
Rendering - Essentials of rendering - Types of rendering engines - Using the Render Settings Window
Image & Video formats Resolution, Introduction to shaders Rendering optimization - Introduction to mental
ray, Render passes.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Page 64
 Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco Reference Books:

3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson

4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and Jay Leyda

5 3D Automotive Modeling: An Insider's Guide to 3D Car Modeling and Design for ... By Andrew
Gahan , Introducing Autodesk Maya 2018

6 The Animation Bible: A Practical Guide to the Art of Animating from Flipbooks to
Flash[Paperback], Maureen Furniss

7 Character Animation Crash Course! [Paperback] Eric Goldberg

8 3-D human modelling and animation, Volume 1 Peter Ratner

9 Learning Maya | Character Rigging and Animation Alias | Wavefront

10 Maya Character Creation: Modeling and Animation Controls, Chris Maraffi

11 Learning Autodesk Maya 2008, (Official Autodesk Training Guide, includes DVD): Foundation by
Marc-André Guindon (Paperback - Sep 24, 2007)

12 Automatic Rigging and Animation of 3D Characters

13 The Art of Rigging by George Biddlecombe

Page 65
 Curriculum
of
BVA
in
Graphic Art (Print Making)
5th & 6th Semester

Page 66
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

V SEMESTER DEPARTMENT OF PRINTMAKING/GRAPHIC ART

Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per of Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

Display &
01 Printmaking-1 150 75 75 150 5
Viva

Display &
02 Drawing-1 120 50 50 100 4
Viva

Display &
03 Graphic Composition 120 50 50 100 4
Viva

Survey of Indian Painting Exam

04 45 SEE 40 100 3
(Refer this syllabus under Painting) 60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-1 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Print Making 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra Exam

45 SEE 40 100 3
60
VOCATIONAL -1

01 Interior Design 1 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art-1 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 1 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 1. 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 1 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 67
Program Name BVA in Print Making/Graphic Art Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Printmaking-1 (practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Description:
Printmaking -1 is practical subject, in which students will learn basic Printmaking technics such as
Lithography, Etching, Wood Cut Printing and Silk Screen printing technics.

Student can explore additional possibilities in Printmaking by using the above technics.

Course Description
In the course of study of Printmaking, students will learn various printing technics in relation to enrich their
creative pursuits.

Students will also learn basics of technical aspects of Printmaking.

Printmaking-its development and use in Visual Art- as independent genre will also be explored. Edition
making (replicating) is part of the learning process in Printmaking.

Contents 150 Hrs

Introduction:
Advancing the learning of the techniques of Printing introduction to finer aspects involved is focused. To
understand the unique nature along with its specific usage is exercised here. The development of images in
accordance with the technique is equally important to a printmaker, The subject has been equally divided
into two semesters (V&VI Semester).
Content:

graphic images. Students are encouraged to concentrate more on the specific and unique quality of the
selected technique. Introduction of multico

understanding and their creative abilities.

Creating a figurative composition (using animals, birds etc.,) using interior and exteriors is the intention of
this specific semester. The constantly metamorphosing phenomena, between the Urban and the Rural

Page 68
 cultural experience would be the main intention of this query. Compositional principles of space
arrangement, rendering of forms, balance and rhythm should be meticulously involved in the due process.

Scope: The subject provokes the student to concentrate on the immaculate, diverse possibilities of
printing techniques and exploring the effective pictorial language set within the art of printmaking, in
general. This is to develop a sense of continuity in their working process, in relation to their previously
semester works.

Guidelines: Printmaking helps to explore the individual creative language of Graphic Images in relation
with the relevant techniques, forms, colours and treatment. Great Lithographer master Printmakers like
Pierre Bonnard, Toulouse Lautrec and Picasso, Indian masters like Somanath Hore, Sanat Kar,
Gaganendranath Tagore are to be referred not only for their technical uniqueness but also for their capacity
to create unique imagery, as a result.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Artists & Prints, Masterworks from Museum of Modern Art. By Deborah Wye, The Museum of
Modern Art: New York. 2004.
2 Etching and Engraving, By Walter Chamberlain, The Thames and Hudson Manual. 1992.
3 Graphic Art in India since 1850. Lalitakala Acdemy, New Delhi.
4 Graphic Witness, By George A. Walker.2007.
5 Intaglio Simultaneous color Printmaking. N. Krishna Reddy, 1988.
6 The Renaissance Engravers, Published by Grange Books in 2003.
7 Toulouse Lautrec, The complete Graphic Works, By Gotz Adriani, Thames and Hudson. 1988.
8 The Tamarind Book of Lithography Art and Techniques, By Garo Antreasian and Clinton
Adames.1970.

Page 69
References
9 Escher, The complete Graphic works. Thames and Hudson, By J.L.Loucher, 1996.
10 Rembrandt, the Printmaker, By Erik Hinterding, Ger luijten and Martin Royalton-Kisch, 2000. British
Museum Press.

Page 70
Program Name BVA in Print Making/Graphic Art Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Drawing-1 (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Description:

Drawing is basic element of the visual art. Students will explore possibilities of hand drawing to suit the
print making. Students will learn basics of various drawing technics- which in turn help the students
understand the basic nuances of the Print making. Students are exposed to monochrome drawing with
strong Graphic quality effects.

Students will also explore various tonal and textural gradation within the drawing.

Course Description:

Drawing as mother of Visual Art practice- also helps in understanding printmaking. It has salient feature
of tone, texture and rhythm in line. It helps in exploring various possibilities of Drawing as tool of
printmaking. In the course students will learn drawing based printmaking and its technics.

Contents 120 Hrs

Introduction:

More expansive study and application of the visual grammar for e.g., balance, contrast, movement etc. in
all the art work done must be focused.

Imagination is always based on real world that exists; hence it is necessary to indulge plenty of realistic
/naturalistic studies.

Content:

The study should now be an advanced one. Herein the sophisticated interrelation between the human body
in relation to its surroundings to be studied. Detailed study of furniture, interior objects, architectural
constructions etc., fall into the category of anthropometry or all in relation to human scale.

Scope: Studies of this nature would/must help the student to decipher the drawings/paintings of the Master
Painters.

Page 71
 Guidelines: To introduce the subjective characteristics of drawings like the way it has been used in the
imt,
Grosz, K.G. Subramanyan, Somnath Hore, Rousseau-Rabindranath Tagore, Bengal Renaissance painters,
folk drawings like that of Madhubani, Worli, traditional paintings, linear characters in sculptures etc.,

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Artists & Prints, Masterworks from Museum of Modern Art. By Deborah Wye, The Museum of
Modern Art: New York. 2004.

2 Etching and Engraving, By Walter Chamberlain, The Thames and Hudson Manual. 1992.

3 Graphic Art in India since 1850. Lalitakala Acdemy, New Delhi.

4 Graphic Witness, By George A. Walker.2007.

5 Intaglio Simultaneous colour Printmaking. N. Krishna Reddy, 1988.

6 The Renaissance Engravers, Published by Grange Books in 2003.

7 Toulouse Lautrec, The complete Graphic Works, By Gotz Adriani, Thames and Hudson. 1988.

8 The Tamarind Book of Lithography Art and Techniques, By Garo Antreasian and Clinton
Adames.1970.

9 Escher, The complete Graphic works. Thames and Hudson, By J.L.Loucher, 1996.

10 Rembrandt, the Printmaker, By Erik Hinterding, Ger luijten and Martin Royalton-Kisch, 2000. British
Museum Press.

Page 72
Program Name BVA in Print Making/Graphic Art Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Graphic Composition -1 (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcome:
After the completion of the course, student will understand the conceptions of the composition.
Composition further governed by the harmony, placement and overall aesthetic appeal of the artwork.
Composition is the base for printmaking as layout of the artwork.

Course Description:

Graphic Art/printmaking provides the knowledge of organization elements through a layout. Composition
as means of the printmaking provide scope for an artist to explore the possibilities of the harmony and
meaning of the artwork. Students will learn variou
works and creative activities.

Contents 120 Hrs

Introduction:
Introduction to the analytical study of compositional problems, organization of pictorial space, (Negative
and Positive spaces) volumetric exercises and individual expressions will be of prime concern during this
semester. Students are encouraged to concentrate more on unique and effective qualities of their images
in relation with technique and idea. The subject has been divided into two equal semesters (V & VII
Semester)
Content:
A study of various figurative compositional formats (motifs based on flora, fauna, bird and animals)
organic and geometric forms should be engaged, in order to come up with an effective composition.

experienced.
Scope: Graphic compositions are always a supportive element to the subject of printmaking. There are
some compositions in this media, for example, that is controlled and construed by this media alone. This
awareness is the main objective of the semester. The subject helps the students to study the abstract visual

Page 73
 elements like Movement, Rhythm, Harmony etc., and the great masters works can be referred regarding
this, as well, as an option.
Guidelines: Graphic compositions should deal with the expressive and emotional quality of abstract
elements. This subject helps the students to understand the visual language, visualise and visual signs like
symbols, icons and index, semiotics in relation with abstract elements. Importance should be given to
non-realistic elements sensuous quality evident within our perception of colours. Impressionist paintings
and prints, expressionist paintings and prints, Far Eastern Paintings and prints, Indian miniatures, murals
and the like can be used as study materials. Students should work with various materials like watercolour,
poster colour, acrylic colours, Indian ink and oil colours.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions, and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 10%

Tests 20%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 40%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Artists & Prints, Masterworks from Museum of Modern Art. By Deborah Wye, The Museum of
Modern Art: New York. 2004.

2 Etching and Engraving, By Walter Chamberlain, The Thames and Hudson Manual. 1992.

3 Graphic Art in India since 1850. Lalitakala Acdemy, New Delhi.

4 Graphic Witness, By George A. Walker.2007.

5 Intaglio Simultaneous color Printmaking. N. Krishna Reddy, 1988.

6 The Renaissance Engravers, Published by Grange Books in 2003.

7 Toulouse Lautrec, The complete Graphic Works, By Gotz Adriani, Thames and Hudson. 1988.

8 The Tamarind Book of Lithography Art and Techniques, By Garo Antreasian and Clinton
Adames.1970.

9 Escher, The complete Graphic works. Thames and Hudson, By J.L.Loucher, 1996.

Page 74
References
10 Rembrandt, the Printmaker, By Erik Hinterding, Ger luijten and Martin Royalton-Kisch, 2000. British
Museum Press.

Page 75
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)
VI SEMESTER PRINTMAKING/GRAPHIC ART
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per of Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

Display &
01 Printmaking-2 150 Viva
75 75 150 5

Display &
02 Drawing-2 120 Viva
50 50 100 4

Display &
03 Graphic Composition 120 Viva
50 50 100 4

Indian Aesthetics. Exam

04 45 SEE 40 100 3
(Refer this syllabus under Painting) 60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Printmaking 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Building Construction & Exam

Materials 45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -2

01 Interior Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

01 Internship 2

Page 76
Program Name BVA in Print Making/Graphic Art Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Printmaking-2 (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcome:
Printmaking -1 is practical subject, in which students will learn basic Printmaking technics such as
Lithography, Etching, Wood Cut Printing and Silk Screen printing technics.
Student can explore additional possibilities in Printmaking by using the above technics.

Course Description

In the course of study of Printmaking, students will learn various printing technics in relation to enrich their
creative pursuits.
Students will also learn basics of technical aspects of Printmaking.

Printmaking-its development and use in Visual Art- as independent genre will also be explored. Edition
making (replicating) is part of the learning process in Printmaking. Students can experiment with technical
and artistic practices in printmaking to achieve special impressions.

Contents 150 Hrs

Introduction:
This subject is intends
graphic images. Students are encouraged to concentrate more on the specific and unique quality of the
selected technique. Introduction of multicolour printmaking along wit

understanding and their creative abilities. The subject has been divided into two equal semesters. (V & VI
Semester)

Content:
Creating a figurative composition (using animals, birds etc.,) using interior and exteriors is the intention of
this specific semester. The constantly metamorphosing phenomena, between the Urban and the rural
cultural experience would be the main intention of this query. Compositional principles of space
arrangement, rendering of forms, balance and rhythm should be meticulously involved in the due process.

Page 77
 Scope: The subject provokes the student to concentrate on the immaculate, diverse possibilities of printing
techniques and exploring the effective pictorial language set within the art of printmaking, in general. This

Guidelines:
Printmaking helps to explore the individual creative language of Graphic Images in relation with the
relevant techniques, forms, colours and treatment. Great Lithographer master Printmakers like Pierre
Bonnard, Toulouse Lautrec and Picasso, Indian masters like Somenath Hore, Sanat Kar, Gaganendranath
Tagore are to be referred not only for their technical uniqueness but also for their capacity to create unique
imagery, as a result

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Artists & Prints, Masterworks from Museum of Modern Art. By Deborah Wye, The Museum of
Modern Art: New York. 2004.

2 Etching and Engraving, By Walter Chamberlain, The Thames and Hudson Manual. 1992.

3 Graphic Art in India since 1850. Lalitakala Acdemy, New Delhi.

4 Graphic Witness, By George A. Walker.2007.

5 Intaglio Simultaneous color Printmaking. N. Krishna Reddy, 1988.

6 The Renaissance Engravers, Published by Grange Books in 2003.

7 Toulouse Lautrec, The complete Graphic Works, By Gotz Adriani, Thames and Hudson. 1988.

8 The Tamarind Book of Lithography Art and Techniques, By Garo Antreasian and Clinton
Adames.1970.

Page 78
References
9 Escher, The complete Graphic works. Thames and Hudson, By J.L.Loucher, 1996.

10 Rembrandt, the Printmaker, By Erik Hinterding, Ger luijten and Martin Royalton-Kisch, 2000. British
Museum Press.

Page 79
Program Name BVA in Print Making/Graphic Art Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Drawing-2 (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Description:
Drawing is basic element of the visual art. Students will explore possibilities of hand drawing to suit the
print making. Students will learn basics of various drawing technics- which in turn help the students
understand the basic nuances of the Print making. Students are exposed to monochrome drawing with
strong Graphic quality effects. Students can more creative free drawings in this subject.

Students will also explore various tonal and textural gradation within the drawing.

Course Description:
Drawing as mother of Visual Art practice- also helps in understanding printmaking. It has salient feature
of tone, texture and rhythm in line. It helps in exploring various possibilities of Drawing as tool of
printmaking. In the course students will learn drawing based printmaking and its technics.

Contents 120 Hrs

Introduction:
As the course advances the focus would be on keener observation of the world around them from their own
point of view. It is moving towards personal expressions, opinions and decisions.

Content:
Drawing, in this semester, involves advanced study of a given environment, in different and various media.
Study should be based on human environment like interiors, buildings, streets, landscapes etc. The specific
exercise of practically studying a work of art is to be encouraged. An attempt to explore the students
by modifying the technical and functional study of a works of art into something more subjective and
creative, must be emphasized.

Assignments:
Studio assignments a minimum of 15 works Additional assignments - a minimum of 15 works.

Scope: Builds an understanding of different cultural impact on its arts.

Page 80
 Guidelines:
Help the student to observe and differentiate how different cultures in the East and West has come to

-
Byzantine-

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Artists & Prints, Masterworks from Museum of Modern Art. By Deborah Wye, The Museum of
Modern Art: New York. 2004.

2 Etching and Engraving, By Walter Chamberlain, The Thames and Hudson Manual. 1992.

3 Graphic Art in India since 1850. Lalitakala Acdemy, New Delhi.

4 Graphic Witness, By George A. Walker.2007.

5 Intaglio Simultaneous color Printmaking. N. Krishna Reddy, 1988.

6 The Renaissance Engravers, Published by Grange Books in 2003.

7 Toulouse Lautrec, The complete Graphic Works, By Gotz Adriani, Thames and Hudson. 1988.

8 The Tamarind Book of Lithography Art and Techniques, By Garo Antreasian and Clinton
Adames.1970.

9 Escher, The complete Graphic works. Thames and Hudson, By J.L.Loucher, 1996.

10 Rembrandt, the Printmaker, By Erik Hinterding, Ger luijten and Martin Royalton-Kisch, 2000. British
Museum Press.

Page 81
Program Name BVA in Print Making/Graphic Art Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Graphic Composition (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcome:
After the completion of the course, student will understand the conceptions of the composition.
Composition further governed by the harmony, placement and overall aesthetic appeal of the artwork.
Composition is the base for printmaking as layout of the artwork.
Course Description:
Graphic Art/printmaking provides the knowledge of organization elements through a layout. Composition
as means of the printmaking provide scope for an artist to explore the possibilities of the harmony and
meaning of the artwork. Students will learn variou
works and creative activities.

Contents 120 Hrs

Introduction:

Introduction to the analytical study of compositional problems, organization of pictorial space, (Negative
and Positive spaces) volumetric exercises and individual expressions will be of prime concern during this
semester. Students are encouraged to concentrate more on unique and effective qualities of their images in
relation with technique and idea. The subject has been divided into two equal semesters. (V & VI Semester)

Content:

A study of various figurative compositional formats (motifs based on flora, fauna, bird and animals, organic
and geometric forms should be engaged, in order to come up with an effective composition. Study of

Assignments:

Studio- 10 black & white & 5 colour layouts works.

Additional-10 Digital images manipulating the secondary source images.

Page 82
 Scope: Graphic compositions are always a supportive element to the subject of printmaking. There are
some compositions in this media, for example, that is controlled and construed by this media alone. This
awareness is the main objective of the semester. The subject helps the students to study the abstract visual
elements like Movement, Rhythm, Harmony etc., and The great masters works can be referred regarding
this, as well, as an option.

Guidelines:

Graphic compositions should deal with the expressive and emotional quality of abstract elements. This
subject helps the students to understand the visual language, visuality and visual signs like symbols, icons
and index, semiotics in relation with abstract elements. Importance should be given to non-realistic
elements sensuous quality evident within our perception of colours. Impressionist paintings and prints,
expressionist paintings and prints, Far Eastern Paintings and prints, Indian miniatures, murals and the like
can be used as study materials. Students should work with various materials like watercolour, poster colour,
acrylic colours, Indian ink and oil colours.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Artists & Prints, Masterworks from Museum of Modern Art. By Deborah Wye, The Museum of
Modern Art: New York. 2004.

2 Etching and Engraving, By Walter Chamberlain, The Thames and Hudson Manual. 1992.

3 Graphic Art in India since 1850. Lalitakala Acdemy, New Delhi.

4 Graphic Witness, By George A. Walker.2007.

5 5Intaglio Simultaneous color Printmaking. N. Krishna Reddy, 1988.

6 The Renaissance Engravers, Published by Grange Books in 2003.

Page 83
References
7 Toulouse Lautrec, The complete Graphic Works, By Gotz Adriani, Thames and Hudson. 1988.

8 The Tamarind Book of Lithography Art and Techniques, By Garo Antreasian and Clinton
Adames.1970.

9 Escher, The complete Graphic works. Thames and Hudson, By J.L.Loucher, 1996.

10 Rembrandt, the Printmaker, By Erik Hinterding, Ger luijten and Martin Royalton-Kisch, 2000. British
Museum Press.

Page 84
 Curriculum of
BVA
In
Ceramic
5th & 6th Semester

Page 85
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)
V SEMESTER BVA DESIGN IN CERAMIC
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Type of Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

Display and
01 Ceramics-Wheel Throwing 150 75 75 150 5
Viva
Display and
02 Drawing-1 120 50 50 100 4
Viva
Display and
03 Design Project 3 120 50 50 100 4
Viva

Survey of Indian Painting Exam

04 45 SEE 40 100 3
(Refer this syllabus under Painting) 60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
02 Print Making Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
03 Photography Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
04 Sculpture Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
05 Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra Exam
45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -1
01 Interior Design 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
02 Digital Art-1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
03 Textile Design 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
04 Art Management 1. Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva
05 Art Education 1 Display
90 50 50 100 3
and Viva

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 86
Program Name BVA in Ceramic

Course Title Ceramics-Wheel Throwing (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcome:
After successful completion of course students will be able to learn, technics related to ceramics pottery
and baking technics. The clay pot with glazing and mid fire and high fire glazing technics will be explored
by the students. Students will learn various technic pertaining to Wheel Throwing and Glazing.

Course Description:
Ceramics is an ancient and age-old tradition of pottery making. In visual art Ceramics has become a mode
of expression. Along with its traditional methods of making pottery, various technics such as wheel
throwing, glazing and baking technics will understood by the students. Various pottery and pottery making
technics will be understood by the students.

Introduction:
It is to build an understanding of mid fired and high fired ceramics and glazes, next level of wheel throwing
and different types of glazing.

Contents 150 Hrs

Stoneware and porcelain

Throwing forms - bowls, containers lids 3 types Glaze development for stoneware

Glaze application - dipping, pouring, spraying, brushing.

Scope Understanding the mid-range ceramic body, glazes and application methods and firing

Guidelines

Students should be taught the next level of wheel throwing which involves modification of cylinder and
making bowls, lids and 3 different types of lids for jars. Also, they should be taught parts of the containers
with sketches.

Methods and Materials-III

Page 87
 This is compulsory part of the paper. 50 marks is Stipulated for the assignment in the final Submission.

Glazes - what is glaze? types? application.

Types of kilns - up draft, down draft, continuous, trolley, tunnel, Fuel used in firing -wood, coal, oil, gas,
electric,

Traditional firing - terracotta, reduction firing

Scope:

Understanding what glaze is and how its formed, basic glaze tweaking, kiln types and fuels used.

Guidelines:

Students should be taught glazes in detail, materials used, types, application, textures, colours, oxides. Also
introduce them to different types of kilns, drawing and process involved and types of fuel used.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 A potters book- Bernard leach- 1940

2 The book of pottery and porcelain- Warren e Cox- 1949

3 From mud to immortality- Henry varnum- 1958

4 Lusture ceramic handbook- Greg Daly- 2018

5 Raku art and technique- hall riegger- 1970

6 The world of Japanese ceramics- Herbert Sanders- 1972

7 Stoneware and porcelain- the art of high fired pottery- Rhodes Daniel- 1959

8 Chinese ceramic glazes- A L Hetherington-1937

Page 88
References
9 Pottery techniques of Pheasant India- Baidyanath Saraswati- 2010

10 Traditional pottery of India- Jane Perryman- 2000

11 Pottery in India- Gurucharan Singh- 1979

Page 89
Program Name BVA in Ceramic

Course Title Drawing-1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course students will learn basic of drawings- pertaining various styles of potteries.
Pottery as ancient method has a rich tradition. The traditional and creative aspects will be explored through
drawing.

Course Description:

The course will introduce the basic conception of Drawing as part of Pottery making. Aspects of Pottery
drawings- converting them into basic drawings will be addressed. Students will explore various possibilities
in drawings .

Introduction:

Here it focuses to enable students to know about Indian Tribal pottery, the forms they use, practice
tessellations, patterns, repeating them and creating new patterns.

Contents 120 Hrs

Tessellations, sketches of pottery crafts like Molela, Ayyanar horses, Chota Udaipur etc,

Assignments Tessellations - 4 Drawings of craft - 5

Scope

Exposure to Tribal pottery and olden traditional pottery building techniques.

Guidelines

Students should be exposed to Indian traditional pottery practices, forms and motifs that Indian pottery has
been using it since ages. visualize how those motifs and forms are made. Refer the content for further
details. students should be able to generate motifs which can form tessellation that will later be transferred
into clay.

Page 90
Pedagogy:

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Note: Daily sketching is part of practical subjects

References
1 A potters book- Bernard leach- 1940

2 The book of pottery and porcelain- Warren e Cox- 1949

3 From mud to immortality- Henry varnum- 1958

4 lusture ceramic handbook- Greg Daly- 2018

5 Raku art and technique- hall riegger- 1970

6 The world of Japanese ceramics- Herbert Sanders- 1972

7 Stoneware and porcelain- the art of high fired pottery- Rhodes Daniel- 1959

8 Chinese ceramic glazes- A L Hetherington-1937

9 Pottery techniques of Pheasant India- Baidyanath Saraswati- 2010

10 Traditional pottery of India- Jane Perryman- 2000

11 Pottery in India- Gurucharan Singh- 1979

Page 91
Program Name BVA in Ceramic Semester Fifth Semester

Course Title Design Project 3 (Theory)

Course Code: DSC-VA17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcome:

Students will learn various technics connected to pottery making and glazing. Ceramics predominantly
governed by the artistic decorative elements of drawings and designs on Pottery will be addressed.

Course Description:

Students will learn basic designs and design technics in Pottery making. Ceramics has diverse method in
process. Various methods and technics of Wheel throwing and ceramics potteries are taught in the course.
Artistic ceramics also addressed.

Introduction:

Ability to understand and replicate the drawings in clay and knowing the forming techniques through visual
references and also knowing how to produce the same in numbers through basic mould casting techniques.

Contents 120 Hrs

Tessellations - mould casted (2d) Replicate craft sketches in clay
Glazing on thrown pieces and tessellations
Miniature sculptures/garden sculptures - Taking inspiration from nature and other sculptural - Forms
(traditional, modern, realistic and abstract)
Jewellery Design
Scope:
Understanding sculptural forms through ceramic aspects and exposure to jewellery making in clay.
Guidelines:
Students should be introduced to basic mould casting techniques and should be able to replicate the
tessellation in clay, learn the mould making process and produce numbers of the same. refer to the content
for further details

Page 92
Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions, and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 A potters book- Bernard leach- 1940

2 The book of pottery and porcelain- Warren e Cox- 1949

3 From mud to immortality- Henry varnum- 1958

4 Lusture ceramic handbook- Greg Daly- 2018

5 Raku art and technique- hall riegger- 1970

6 The world of Japanese ceramics- Herbert Sanders- 1972

7 Stoneware and porcelain- the art of high fired pottery- Rhodes Daniel- 1959

8 Chinese ceramic glazes- A L Hetherington-1937

9 Pottery techniques of Pheasant India- Baidyanath Saraswati- 2010

10 Traditional pottery of India- Jane Perryman- 2000

11 Pottery in India- Gurucharan Singh- 1979

Page 93
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)

VI SEMESTER CERAMIC DEPARTMENT

Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per of Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

Wheel throwing Advanced Display &

01 150 75 75 150 5
Jewellery Viva

Display &
02 Drawing-2 120 Viva
50 50 100 4

Display &
03 Design Project 4 120 Viva
50 50 100 4

Indian Aesthetics Exam

04 45 SEE 40 100 3
Refer this syllabus under Painting 60

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Printmaking 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Building Construction & Exam

Materials 45 SEE 40 100 3
60

VOCATIONAL -2

01 Interior Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

01 Internship 2

Page 94
Program Name BVA in Ceramic Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Wheel Throwing and Advanced Jewellery (Practical)

Course Code: DSC-VA 19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 150 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcome:

After successful completion of course students will be able to learn, technics related to ceramics pottery
and baking technics. The clay pot with glazing and mid fire and high fire glazing technics will be explored
by the students. Students will learn various technic pertaining to Wheel Throwing and Glazing. Students
will also understand the possibilities in making jewelleries which are commercially and artistically useful.

Course Description:

Ceramics is an ancient and age old tradition of pottery making. In visual art Ceramics has become a mode
of expression. Along with its traditional methods of making pottery, various technics such as wheel
throwing, glazing and baking technics will understood by the students. Various pottery and pottery making
technics will be understood by the students. Students will learn making of jewellery as part of this subject.
Making various decorative ornaments and glazing and giving artistic look to these is hallmark of the course.

Introduction:

It is to understand wheel throwing and the process involved in making ceramic wares on pottery wheel.
Understanding the clay medium with change in the process of construction, from building on a still base to
controlling and interacting with the same medium on a continuously moving base. Exploration of the
different possibilities of the clay surface, carving, engraving, inlay, using tools and other available
implements, onto the surface of pottery, relief and sculptural forms. Understanding the mentioned technical
practices in archaeological finds in history, learning and practicing techniques from the same.

Contents 150 Hrs

Wheel throwing - Introduction - Centring, Lifting, Basic Cylinders, Trimming and Turning, Using tools,
Making clay stamps for surface decoration, engraving, inlay, embossing, stamping, sgraffito.

Page 95
 Scope: Basic understanding of pottery wheel, forming the pot and different surface decoration techniques.
Research on the mentioned technical practices in history their experimentation and application into ones
own work.

Guidelines: Students should be taught the basics of wheel throwing like wedging, centering, pulling, lifting,
etc. The teacher has to demonstrate basic pottery forms and trimming of the wares using the tools. Here we
have to teach them making stamps and introduce basic surface decoration techniques as mentioned under
the content.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows / PPT

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 A potters book- Bernard leach- 1940

2 The book of pottery and porcelain- Warren e Cox- 1949

3 From mud to immortality- Henry varnum- 1958

4 Lusture ceramic handbook- Greg Daly- 2018

5 Raku art and technique- hall riegger- 1970

6 The world of Japanese ceramics- Herbert Sanders- 1972

7 Stoneware and porcelain- the art of high fired pottery- Rhodes Daniel- 1959

8 Chinese ceramic glazes- A L Hetherington-1937

9 Pottery techniques of Pheasant India- Baidyanath Saraswati- 2010

10 Traditional pottery of India- Jane Perryman- 2000

11 Pottery in India- Gurucharan Singh- 1979

Page 96
Program Name BVA in Ceramic

Course Title Drawing-2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA 20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course students will learn basic of drawings- pertaining various styles of potteries.
Pottery as ancient method has a rich tradition. The traditional and creative aspects will be explored through
drawing.

Course Description:

The course will introduce the basic conception of Drawing as part of Pottery making. Aspects of Pottery
drawings- converting them into basic drawings will be addressed. Students will explore various possibilities
in drawings.

Introduction:
Extending your hand building skills to make larger forms, which will help in understanding the material,
its strength and possibilities. Learning how the ceramic body can be used both as a surface and a structure
and learning the possibility of the fixation of the two, learning to bring together separate elements into one
form. Learning to see ceramics as a structural material independently and a material that allows both
addition and subtraction of form and elements through the nature of the medium itself.

Contents 120 Hrs

3D forms- using any hand building techniques-(10*10inches)

motifs drawn in the drawing session will be used and replicated in clay- either through stamps created, or
engraving, inlay and embossing (2D and 3D)

Scope: Research on developing techniques and methodology and exploration of individual language and
aesthetic quality of ones own work in global scape.

Improvising clay hand building techniques and adding techniques.

Page 97
 Guideline: Students should utilise the techniques they have learnt and develop a 3D form from their
drawings. Also, make stamps for surface decorations, transfer motifs into clay.

Pedagogy: Instruction consists of demonstrations and presentations, Practical assignments

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Illustration -2 Projects 15%

Illustration -2 related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 A potters book- Bernard leach- 1940

2 The book of pottery and porcelain- Warren e Cox- 1949

3 From mud to immortality- Henry varnum- 1958

4 Lusture ceramic handbook- Greg Daly- 2018

5 Raku art and technique- hall riegger- 1970

6 The world of Japanese ceramics- Herbert Sanders- 1972

7 Stoneware and porcelain- the art of high fired pottery- Rhodes Daniel- 1959

8 Chinese ceramic glazes- A L Hetherington-1937

9 Pottery techniques of Pheasant India- Baidyanath Saraswati- 2010

10 Traditional pottery of India- Jane Perryman- 2000

11 Pottery in India- Gurucharan Singh- 1979

Page 98
Program Name BVA in Ceramic Semester Sixth Semester

Course Title Design Project-4 (Theory)

Course Code: DSC-VA 21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcome:

Students will learn various technics connected to pottery making and glazing. Ceramics predominantly
governed by the artistic decorative elements of drawings and designs on Pottery will be addressed.

Course Description:

Students will learn basic designs and design technics in Pottery making. Ceramics has diverse method in
process. Various methods and technics of Wheel throwing and ceramics potteries are taught in the course.
Artistic ceramics also addressed.

Introduction:

Extending your hand building skills to make larger forms, which will help in understanding the material,
its strength and possibilities. Learning how the ceramic body can be used both as a surface and a structure
and learning the possibility of the mixation of the two, learning to bring together separate elements into
one form. Learning to see ceramics as a structural material independently and a material that allows both
addition and subtraction of form and elements through the nature of the medium itself.

Course Description:
In this course, students are introduced to the survey of Indian sculpture from the Western Indian sculpture
to Vijayanagara period. Emphasis will be on sculptural styles. The primary intention of this focused course
is to assist immersion in the cultures of the subcontinent.

Indian Sculpture is a vast subject that was developed from Prehistoric period. Origin of classical sculptural
activities may be traced in Indus Valley Civilizations. Followed by the foundations of the early Buddhist
art: Indian art has multidimensional developmental pattern. Sculpture developed with early iconic,
iconographic and symbolic manifestation. Stylistic aspects and trends, experimentation with iconographic
details will be focused in the study of the subject.

Contents 120 Hrs

3D forms- using any hand building techniques-(10*10inches)

Page 99
 motifs drawn in the drawing session will be used and replicated in clay- either through stamps created, or
engraving, inlay and embossing (2D and 3D)
Scope: Research on developing techniques and methodology and exploration of individual language and
aesthetic quality of ones own work in global scape.
Improvising clay hand building techniques and adding techniques.
Guideline: Students should utilise the techniques they have learnt and develop a 3D form from their
drawings. Also, make stamps for surface decorations, transfer motifs into clay.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Illustration -2 Projects 15%

Illustration -2 related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 A potters book- Bernard leach- 1940

2 The book of pottery and porcelain- Warren e Cox- 1949

3 From mud to immortality- Henry varnum- 1958

4 Lusture ceramic handbook- Greg Daly- 2018

5 Raku art and technique- hall riegger- 1970

6 The world of Japanese ceramics- Herbert Sanders- 1972

7 Stoneware and porcelain- the art of high fired pottery- Rhodes Daniel- 1959

8 Chinese ceramic glazes- A L Hetherington-1937

9 Pottery techniques of Pheasant India- Baidyanath Saraswati- 2010

10 Traditional pottery of India- Jane Perryman- 2000

11 Pottery in India- Gurucharan Singh- 1979

Page 100
Discipline Specific Electives
5th & 6th Semester
For
BVA in
1. Painting
2. Applied Art
3. Sculpture
4. Animation
5. Graphic Art (Print Making)
6. Ceramics
7. Art History

Page 101
 Discipline Specific Electives
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Type of Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per Exam Marks with Credits
marks
Semester display

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-1 90 Display 50 50 100 3

and Viva

02 Print Making -1 90 Display 50 50 100 3

and Viva

03 Photography -1 90 Display 50 50 100 3

and Viva

04 Sculpture -1 90 Display 50 50 100 3

and Viva

Page 102
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Indian Traditional Painting-1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA E1.1 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

To draw and paint through traditional way.

To applying an understanding of line, volume, proportion, and space in a unified design.
By opportunity in the field of painting, by the end of this course, student may be hired by the museum
or art galleries for the private and corporate collection. You may also works in colleges as faculty, or
run private workshops and classes.
The visual arts programme of this course have a variety of career options available to them, including
working in art studios, advertising firms, publishing houses, manufacturing departments, product design
firms, magazines, television, graphic design firms, schools, and theatre productions..
Inculcation of visual communication by using folk and traditional art forms..

Course Description:
Trible, Folk and Traditional Art Forms of India across an assortment of media such as Leather puppetry,
Gnjeefa, Mysore traditional art, pottery, Hase Chitra, Rongoli, paperwork, weaving, and designing items
such as jewellery and toys. These are not just aesthetic objects, but they have a significant meaning in the
specific culture, traditions, and regions of India.

Indian artform themes are as varied as Indian culture itself. An individual may still be familiar with the
reemerging symbols of deities, fauna, and flora, courteous life and customs, among other images often
created by trible, folk and traditional artists.

Page 103
 Contents 45 Hrs

Karnataka Folk and Traditional Art forms.

Folk art forms:

To create artwork by taking inspiration from Karnataka's folk-art forms like; Hase Chitra, Shigi painting,
moonlight painting, Hachhe Chitra, Rangoli, Embroidery, Koudikale, and other unknown visual forms like
Leather puppetry, String puppetry, Ganjeefa art, Glass paintings. etc

Traditional Art Forms:

Surapura Paintings, Mysore Traditional Paintings. Etc.

Learning Objectivities:

Exercise and demonstrate use and mastery of the elements of folk and traditional design
Use materials, tools and processes from a variety of media (Folk art and Traditional art)
Handle materials effectively
Create original Folk art and Traditional art in a specific medium.
Select appropriate media relative to concepts and forms of art
Describe, analyze and interpret created Folk art and Traditional art
Recognize elements of design in works of art
Analyses, interpret and evaluate the form and content of works of art
Media: Water colour, Poster Colour, Acrylic Colour, Oil Colour, Mix media and In addition, natural colours
can also be prepared and painted on a practical basis as per folk and traditional art.
Submission Works: 2-3Indian Traditional Paintings. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 01 Digital Art
works

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/
gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project Work on Indian Traditional Painting 25%

Indian Traditional Painting related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Practical Assignments 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 104
References
1 Encyclopedia of the folk culture of Karnataka. Volume one:By- Institute of Asian Studies,
Thiruvanmiyar, Madras.
2 Glimpse of Karnataka folklore by. Dr. Hebbale. K. Nagesh

3 Karnataka Desi Hassechittara by Raviraj Sagar.

4 Encyclopedia of Art and Culture in India by Gopal Bhargava.

5 Leather Puppetry in Karnataka by M. S. Nanjunda Rao.

6 Chaturmasa Rangoli in Karnataka by Srinidhi publication, Bangalore.

7 Rangoli design book by Sneha Amin.

8 Puppets on a String by Laura E Simms.

9 Art of Mehandi by Srinidhi publications. (Kannada)

10 Mysore Chitramala, Traditional painting by Prof. S. K. Ramachandra Rao.

11 Surapura Sansthaan- Historical and Archeological study of Poligar state in South India by S. K.
Aruni.

12 Living Traditions in Indian Art by Madhu Rani.

13 Indian Painting: The Lesson known Traditions by Anna Dallapiccola.

14 Rajasthani Miniatures The Magic of Strokes of Colours by Dalijeet.

15 Pahari miniature paintings by Karl Khandavala.

16 Kerala Murals by Dr. M. Nambirajan and Dr. S. Suresh

17 Madhubani Art Set of 4 Book by M. G. Books.

18 Karnataka Lalithkala Academy publication, Bangalore.

19 Janapad Chitrakale Dr.S.C.Patil, Karnataka folklore Univrsity,Gutguddi

20 Pradashnatmaka Togalugobbe Chitrakale,Dr.Mohanrao B Panchal,

21 Surpur Chitrakale Dr.Mallikarjun Bagodi.

22 Rangoli Chitrakale Dr.Vishweshwari Tiwari.

Page 105
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Printmaking 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA E1.2 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Graphic Image making supports the subject of basic printmaking. In this subject student develop the
understanding to relate all the basic printmaking techniques. This subject helps the students to solve the
compositional problems regarding space arrangements, colour distributions, textural and tonal
variations, proportions etc

Course Description:
Printmaking is about graphic-representation. The printing technique adopted here in fine arts is to explore
the possibilities of the technology-based imaging without compromising on the artistic essence/aesthetics.
It is to take the advantage of the process and its effect thereafter. It is also to learn to use textures tones lines
etc. accidental and intentional. To explore all the above said there is a need to know firstly the technique
and next its possible experimentation.

The practical subject deals with all the basic printing technique like Planography, Intaglio, Relief process
and Serigraphy. The subject has been equally divided to two semesters [III and IV semesters]. In this
semester importance should be given to Relief / Intaglio process

Contents 45 Hrs

Introduction to figurative compositions and basic techniques of using Method and Materials Study of
various technique of Relief Printing. Exercises in different types of Mono prints andstencil cuts. Intaglio
printmaking with dry point, metal engraving and line biting. Registration Edition.

Guideline: Basic Printmaking should create the understanding of printing and non-printing surfaces. To
get this basic technical understanding Expressionist wood cuts, Far Eastern wood cuts, old masters
Engravings (Wood and Metal Engravings) can be used as reference material.

Acid biting chart (Grey Scale) can be prepared Strength and proportion of the acids along with the
timings.

Page 106
 Submission Work: 04 printmaking works. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Learning Objectivities:

Thinking thorough knowledge and Exploration to enhance ability of creative skill on printmaking.
It is the initial step of expressing oneself with a deeper insight and also to answer the urges of expressing
yourself in Print making.
It begins with the focus on the understanding of printmaking media and techniques and basic elements
of printmaking and composition And like building up grammar to be able to use it in the individual
capacity in the process of Print making.

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/
gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project Work on Printmaking 25%

Printmaking related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 107
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Photography 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA E1.3 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Student can work as a wildlife photographer, fashion photographer, wedding photographer, travel
photographer, commercial photographer and much more. Photographers can work in the advertising
industry for newspaper publishers, press and magazines

Course Description:
Student will learn the basics of black and white commercial photography including camera operation, film
exposure, processing, composition, studio set-up, basic lighting, and printing. Student will also explore the
art of visual communication and ways to use photography as a fine art/visual art/applied art design element.

Contents 45 Hrs

Introduction to photography, History of Photography. Evolution of cameras, Photography as

Industry, Importance of Photography for Painting.

Understanding composition.

Introduction to Light and Basic Lighting.

Introduction to Camera & Accessories.

Introduction to Lenses.

Understanding Exposure Triangles.

Basic Camera controls.

Introduction to photograph People, product and Places.

Basics of Digital workflow. (Post production techniques File formats)

Submission Work: 10 Photographs.02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Page 108
 Learning Objectivities:

Demonstrate artistry by creating images that evoke an emotional response.

Apply the principles of lighting and colour theory to a variety of photographic scenarios by measuring,
evaluating, and adjusting light and colour to create quality images.
Apply the mechanics of exposure to control light and influence the final product.
Apply principles of composition to produce professional images.
Select and use photographic equipment and technologies appropriate to the task.
Work as a professional, maintaining high standards of practice, make ethical judgments and decisions,
follow legal requirements, and adapt to a rapidly changing work environment through demonstrated
commitment to lifelong learning and professional associations.
Work effectively individually and as a member of team, demonstrating time management,
organizational, and interpersonal skills.

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/
gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project Work on Photography 25%

Photography related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 109
 Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Sculpture 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA E1.4 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Description:

Sculptural composition deals with the basic three-dimensional elements such as volume, positive-negative
space, depth, relief, movement in different dimension. Students are expected to use figurative or non-
figurative forms, including organic and inorganic forms. Materials are used should basically make meaning
to emphasize the importance of proportion, shape, line, and balance of sculpture

Contents 90 Hrs
Compositions are to be created based on sketches, drawing from the life and the nature around.
Understanding of fundamental of three-dimensional language is focused here, to realise these students are
allowed to exercise in paper, wood, stone, metal, cement, moulding and casting techniques. Designing the
basic structure and armature are also introduced in this semester.

Scope: It is help to student to understand the quality of three dimensions. It also begins the narration of
building story and expression through three dimensional sculptural formats.

Guidelines: Introduction of various media and different kinds of composition created by Indian, western
and far Eastern masters. Folk, Tribal, Traditional, Contemporary sculptors may be taken as an example to
understand the change of 3D language in history.

Submission Work: 5-6 Sculptures. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works.

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and museum/
gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Sculpture Project 25%

Page 110
 Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Sculpture related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 111
Discipline Specific Electives
5th & 6th Semester
For
BVA in
1. Painting
2. Applied Art
3. Sculpture
4. Animation
5. Graphic Art (Print Making)
6. Ceramics
7. Art History

Page 112
 Discipline Specific Electives 6th Semester
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per of Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

01 Indian Traditional Painting-2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Printmaking 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Photography 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Sculpture 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

Page 113
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Indian Traditional Painting-2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA E2.1 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 114
Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and
museum/gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks
Practical Assignments 50%
Project Work on Indian Traditional Painting 25%
Indian Traditional Painting related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 115
References

1 Encyclopedia of the folk culture of Karnataka. Volume one:By- Institute of Asian Studies,
Thiruvanmiyar, Madras.

2 Glimpse of Karnataka folklore by. Dr. Hebbale. K. Nagesh

3 Karnataka Desi Hassechittara by Raviraj Sagar.

4 Encyclopedia of Art and Culture in India by Gopal Bhargava.

5 Leather Puppetry in Karnataka by M. S. Nanjunda Rao.

6 6.Chaturmasa Rangoli in Karnataka by Srinidhi publication, Bangalore.

7 Rangoli design book by Sneha Amin.

8 Puppets on a String by Laura E Simms.

9 Art of Mehandi by Srinidhi publications. (Kannada)

10 Mysore Chitramala, Traditional painting by Prof.S. K. Ramachandra Rao.

11 Surapura Sansthaan- Historical and Archeological study of Poligar state in South India by S. K. Aruni.

12 Living Traditions in Indian Art by Madhu Rani.

13 Indian Painting: The Lesson known Traditions by Anna Dallapiccola.

14 Rajasthani Miniatures The Magic of Strokes of Colours by Dalijeet.

15 Pahari miniature paintings by Karl Khandavala.

16 Kerala Murals by Dr. M. NambirajanandDr. S. Suresh

17 Madhubani Art Set of 4 Book by M. G. Books.

18 Karnataka Lalithkala Academy publication, Bangalore.

Page 116
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Printmaking 2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA E2.2 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 117
Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and
museum/gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks
Practical Assignments 50%
Project Work on Indian Traditional Painting 25%
Indian Traditional Painting related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 118
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Photography -2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA E2.3 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Student can work as a wildlife photographer, fashion photographer, wedding photographer, travel
photographer, commercial photographer and much more. Photographers can work in the advertising
industry for newspaper publishers, press and magazines

Course Description:

Student will learn the basics of black and white commercial photography including camera operation, film
exposure, processing, composition, studio set-up, basic lighting, and printing. Student will also explore the
art of visual communication and ways to use photography as a fine art/visual art/applied art design element.

Contents 90 Hrs

ight and Advanced Lighting.

photography,
Model, Product, planning photography

w. (Post production techniques Introduction to softwares, file formats

and understanding colour)

Page 119
 Submission Work: 10 Photographs. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Learning Objectives:

Demonstrate artistry by creating images that evoke an emotional response.

Apply the principles of lighting and colour theory to a variety of photographic scenarios by
measuring, evaluating, and adjusting light and colour to create quality images.
Apply the mechanics of exposure to control light and influence the final product.
Apply principles of composition to produce professional images.
Select and use photographic equipment and technologies appropriate to the task.
Work as a professional, maintaining high standards of practice, make ethical judgments and decisions,
follow legal requirements, and adapt to a rapidly changing work environment through demonstrated
commitment to lifelong learning and professional associations.
Work effectively individually and as a member of team, demonstrating time management,
organizational, and interpersonal skills.

Pedagogy: Lecture, Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, workshop, slide shows and
museum/gallery/educational study tour/ visits. etc.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

Project Work on Photography 25%

Photography related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 120
 Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History

Course Title Sculpture 2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA E2.4 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Description:
Continuing previous semester studies in sculptural composition even in this semester. In this semester more
focuses given on creative skill for both figurative and non-figurative compositions. The use of basic organic
or inorganic structure, forms and materials to build three-dimensional visual language.

Contents 90 Hrs

Project and individual work are to be undertaken to exercising the basic elements of sculpture, three
dimensional forms. Individual visual expression is given more importance in such exercises. Students are
expected constantly experiment with variety of materials and techniques.

Scope: Aim of this subject is to encourage the students to explore their concepts as well as equip them for
the commercial sculpture making.

Guidelines: Discuss and grasp the ingredients of visual language which is evolved as modern sculpture
after 1960's. Students are asked to study of the works of contemporary Indian and Western and American
sculptors.

Submission Work: 5-6 Sculptures. 02 Sketch books of each 200 pages. 02 Digital Art works

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 50%

SculptureProjects 25%

Sculpture related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 25%

Total 100%
Page 121
 Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 122
Vocational Subjects
5th & 6th Semester
For
BVA in
1. Painting
2. Applied Art
3. Sculpture
4. Animation
5. Graphic Art (Print Making)
6. Ceramics
7. Art History
8. Traditional Sculpture

Page 123
 Vocational papers for 5th Semester
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per of Exam Marks with Credits
marks
Semester display

VOCATIONAL -1

01 Interior Design 1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3

02 Digital Art-1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3

03 Textile Design 1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3

04 Art Management 1. 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3

05 Art Education 1 90 5 Hours 50 50 100 3

Page 124
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History / Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Interior Design 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 1.1 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 125
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks
Practical Assignments 25%
Interior Design Projects 15%

Interior Design related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 126
Page 127
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History / Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Digital Art 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 1.2 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 128
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks
Practical Assignments 25%
Digital ArtProjects 15%

Digital Artrelated activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%
Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 Designing with Accessibility in Mind (Design Thinking) by Regine M. Gilbert

2 Digital Art: A Complete Guide to Making Your Own Computer Art works by David Cousens

3 Digital Painting Techniques by 3d total.Com

4 Digital Art by Christiane Paul

Page 129
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History / Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Textile Design 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 1.3 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 130
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks
Practical Assignments 25%
Textile Design Projects 15%

TextileDesignrelated activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 131
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Art Management 1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 1.4 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 132
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Art Management Projects 15%

Art Management related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 133
Page 134
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Art Education -1 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 1.5 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

UNIT:

UNIT:

Page 135
 UNIT:

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 20%

Tests, 10%

Theory related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 40%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 136
 Vocational papers for 6th Semester
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study hours Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
Per of Exam Marks with display Credits
marks
Semester

VOCATIONAL -2

01 Interior Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

02 Digital Art 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

03 Textile Design 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

04 Art Management 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

05 Art Education 2 90 Display & 50 50 100 3

Viva

Page 137
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Interior Design 2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 2.1 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 138
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Interior Design Projects 15%

Interior Designrelated activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 139
Page 140
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Digital Art 2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 2.2 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 141
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Digital Art Projects 15%

Digital Art related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References

1 Designing with Accessibility in Mind (Design Thinking) by Regine M. Gilbert

2 Digital Art: A Complete Guide to Making Your Own Computer Art works by David Cousens

3 Digital Painting Techniques by 3d total.Com

4 Digital Art by Christiane Paul

Page 142
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Textile Design 2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 2.3 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 143
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Textile Design Projects 15%

Textile Design related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 144
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Art Management 2 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 2.4 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Page 145
Page 146
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Art Management Projects 15%

Art Management related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities. 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 147
Program Name BVA in Painting /Applied Art /Sculpture / Animation /Graphic Art (Print Making)
/ Ceramics /Art History/ Traditional Sculpture

Course Title Art Education -2 Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE-VA Voc 2.4 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 90 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Page 148
Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Assignments 25%

Tests, 15%

Theory related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Page 149
BACHELORS OF VISUAL ARTS

SYLLABUS FOR FIFTH & SXTH

SEMESTER
DESIGN PROGRAMS IN

➢ ANIMATION & GAME ART

➢ GRAPHICS & COMMUNICATION DESIGN

➢ INTERIOR & SPATIAL DESIGN

➢ PRODUCT DESIGN

Design Page | 1
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title Preproduction; Script to Semester Fifth Semester
Animatic (Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA15 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s): Art for animation – I, Computer Graphics fundamental

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Demonstrate the knowledge in Animation Film making pipeline
CO 2. Plan the pre-production process in Animation Film making
CO 3. Demonstrate the skills for visual storytelling and storyboarding
CO 4. Explain the film language
CO 5. Develop skills to adding sound and voiceover into their animation film

150
Hours
Content of the Course 1: Preproduction; Script to Animatic
UNIT 1 : Animation Production Pipeline 15 hrs.
Chapter 1. Pre-production process,
Chapter 2. Production process
Chapter 3. postproduction process in brief

UNIT 2 : Story &Script Development 15 hrs.

Chapter 1. Animation story development process. The Structure of a story.

Chapter 2. Script writing process for animation film making.
Chapter 3. Case Study on story and script developments.
UNIT 3 : Understand Basic Film languages 30 hrs.
Chapter 1. Different Camera shots and angles
Chapter 2. Cuts, Continuity and Transitions in Film making

Design Page | 2
 Chapter 3. Basics of Composition

UNIT 4: Visual Narratives and story boarding 60 hrs.

Chapter 1. Visual Narratives

Chapter 2. Thumb nailing of the story and Storyboarding
Chapter 3. Working with Digital Storyboarding process
UNIT 5: Animatic 30 hrs.
Chapter 1. Sound designing process in animation Film making process.
Chapter 2. Basic Video-audio editing tools.
Chapter 3. Developing animatic.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcome Program Outcome

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Demonstrate the knowledge in
Animation Film making X X
pipeline
Plan the pre-production X
process in Animation Film X
making
Demonstrate the skills for
visual storytelling and X
storyboarding
Explain the basic film
X
language
Develop skills to adding sound
and voiceover into their X
animation film

Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects

Book References:

1 The Art of story board by John Hart

2 The Animation Bible: A Practical Guide to the Art of Animating from Flipbooks to Flash
[Paperback], Maureen Furniss
3 Drawn to Life: 20 Golden Years of Disney Master Classes: Volume 1: The Walt Stanchfield
Lectures [Paperback], Walt Stanchfield

Design Page | 3
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 4
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title Character Animation Semester Fifth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA16 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Animation Foundation from 3rd semester. 2D-3D Digital Animation from
4th semester
Course Outcomes (COs):
At the end of the course the student should be able to:

CO 1. Create 2D/3D character poses

CO 2. Create character animation by using advanced body mechanics
CO 3. Build Character Performance with animation

Content of the Course 2: Character Animation 120

Hours
UNIT 1 : Posing Character 30 hrs.

Chapter 1. Understand Body Mechanics, weight shifting and balance factor

Chapter 2. Posing character from the given references.
Chapter 3. Posing the character to tell the story.
Chapter 4. Line of Action.
Chapter 5. Sequencing Poses

UNIT 2 : Animating Advanced Body Mechanism 45 hrs.

Design Page | 5
Chapter 1. Push and Pull (exercise 1)
Chapter 2. Weight lifting (exercise 2)
Chapter 3. Acrobatic actions (exercise 3)

45 hrs.
UNIT 3 : Introduction to Acting

Chapter 1. Pantomime
Chapter 2. Study the reference. Plan X-sheets and thumb nailing.
Chapter 3. Blocking to Finishing
Chapter 4. Animating Facial Expression.
Chapter 5. Rendering the Animation.
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcome Program Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Create 2D/3D character poses X
Create character animation by
using advanced body X
mechanics
Build Character Performance X
with animation
Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects
Book References:

1 The Animator's Survival Kit, A Manual of Methods, Principles and Formulas for Classical,
computer, Games, Stop Motion and Internet Animators, Richard Williams
2 Cartoon Animation (The Collector's Series) [Paperback], Preston Blair. 2) Animation Art: From
Pencil to Pixel, the world of Cartoon Anime and CGI- Jerry Beck
3 Character Animation Crash Course! [Paperback] Eric Goldberg

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Theory / Practical Assignments 15

Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design

Design Page | 6
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 7
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title BG Design and Semester Fifth Semester
Development (Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA17 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 100 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):3D CGI Foundation from 4th Semester

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Develop background of animation scenes
CO 2. Create 3D background scene from a given reference.
CO 3. Demonstrate the Process and techniques of Texturing, Lighting and
rendering 3D exterior / interior scene.

Content of the Course 3: BG Design and Development Hours

UNIT 1: Background Design 40 hrs.

Chapter 1. Introduction to background Design for a Scene

Chapter 2. Understand Principles of Staging and Framing; Principles of Composition,
Concept of Foreground-Background, Understanding Camera sizes and angle,
Chapter 3. Work with Perspective
Chapter 4. Study Colours and Lights
UNIT 2: Understand the process and techniques of modelling a 3D background scene 40 hrs.
from a given reference.

Chapter 1. Blocking and camera layout

Chapter 2. Modelling the 3D assets in the scene.
Chapter 3. Importing and exporting 3D assets among various scenes and applications.
Understand scene clean-up and optimization.

Design Page | 8
UNIT 3: The Process and techniques of Texturing, Lighting and rendering 3D exterior /
40 Hrs.
interior scene.

Chapter 1. UV layout and prepare various Texture maps using 3D texture painting
tools. Add surface level detailing using textures.
Chapter 2. Setup CG lighting to illuminate the scene with desire cinematic mood.
Chapter 3. Rendering techniques, Rendering the scene into multiple render passes, and
composite to final image outcome.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcome Program Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Develop background of
X X
animation scenes
Create 3D background scene
X
from a given reference.
Demonstrate the Process and
techniques of Texturing,
X
Lighting and rendering 3D
exterior / interior scene.

Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Practical Assignments 25
Design Projects 15
Design related activities like, Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities 10
TOTAL MARKS 50

Formative Assessments are compulsory

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects

Book References:

1 Principles of Form and Design by Wucius Wong John Wiley & Sons, New York

Design Page | 9
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 10
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title History of Animation Semester Fifth Semester
(Theory)
Course Code DSC-VA18 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Design Language 1&2

Course Outcomes (COs):
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO1: Classify and summarize the varieties of animation
CO2: Identify different process in the making of animation
CO3: Identify and compare and critique animation as storytelling devices
CO4: Demonstrate ability to identify technical and aesthetic aspects of animation
Content of the Course 3: History of Animation 60
Hours
UNIT 1: Early History of Animation 15 hrs.
Chapter 1. Introduction to Animation and Overview, The primitive Forms
Chapter 2. The science behind the art of Animation, History of Animation
Chapter 3. Animation Pioneers and Early Animations (J.S. Blackton, Emile Cohl,
Ladislaw Starewicz, Winsor McCay:, LotteReiniger , Walt Disney
Chapter 4. Animation in early Cinema
UNIT 2: Traditional Animation 15hrs.

Chapter 1. The design process of traditional Animation

Chapter 2. Early characters and Iconic Characters:
Chapter 3. Hollywood Studio Animation, Walt Disney to Experimental Animation,
Chapter 4. Animation developments and styles from around the world

UNIT 3: Computer Animation 15 Hrs.

Chapter 1. Two dimensional Animation, Feature Films,
Chapter 2. Types of Animation and Design process
Chapter 3. Three dimensional Animation
UNIT 4: Contemporary Animation and Applications 15 Hrs

Chapter 1. Animation for Visualization

Chapter 2. Animation for Entertainment (Movies & Games)

Design Page | 11
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcome Program Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Classify and summarize the
X
varieties of animation
Identify different process in
X
the making of animation
Identify, compare and
critique animation as X
storytelling devices
Demonstrate ability to X
identify technical and
X
aesthetic aspects of
animation

Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, Presentation discussions, student seminars and documentation

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Theory / Practical Assignments 20

Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 5
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 5
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Book References:

1 Crafton, Donald, Before Mickey, University of Chicago Press, 1993

2 Maltin, Leonard, Of Mice and Magic, Plume Books, 1990
3 A New History of Animation Maureen Furniss, Thames and Hudson,
4 The World History of Animation By Stephen Cavalier · 2011

Design Page | 12
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 13
 BVA ANIMATION & GAME ART - Semester 6
Course Matrix

Course Subject Title of the Instruction Duration of Marks Credits

Code Paper hrs /week Exam (hrs)

L+T+P IA Exam Total

DSC Postproduction 8 Display/Jury 75 75 150 5

19 (Practical) &Viva

DSC Character Design 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 4

20 and Development &Viva
(Practical)
DSC Game Art 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 4
21 (Practical) &Viva

DSC Story Design & 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3

22 Visual Narrative
(Theory)
DSE 2 VA E-2 DSE1. Motion 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 3
Graphics &Viva
DSE2. Digital
Illustration
Technique
DSE3. Game
Design
Vocational 2 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
VOC2
SEC-4: Relevant 3 50 - 50 2
SEC 4 SEC (2) (1+0+2)/
Internship (2)

37 24

Design Page | 14
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title Postproduction (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA19 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s): Computer graphics Fundamentals from 3rd Semester

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Demonstrate the postproduction techniques used in Film and VFX.
CO 2. Demonstrate Layer based compositing process, tools and technologies
CO 3. Create video output based on Camera Tracking, Rotoscopy, Keying,
Colour correction & Colour grading
CO 4. Demonstrate Video Editing process, tools and technologies

Content of the Course1 : Postproduction 150Hours

UNIT 1 : Introduction Postproduction process in VFX and Film making 50 hrs.
Chapter 1. Introduction to Postproduction process and Industrial Pipelines. The
Scope of Postproduction

Chapter 2. Understand Motion Design: Creating Custom Text Animation and banner

Chapter 3 Animation Pre-sets and Effects. Shapes and Mask Path animation
Templates Design and animation

UNIT 2 : Understand Compositing Process, Tools and Techniques 50 hrs.

Chapter 1. Layer-based compositing process, Tools and techniques. Understand the
concept of Layer blend, Channels, and Matte. Compositing Layers and
Time Line
Chapter 2. Shapes, Masks and the technique of Rotoscopy. Channel based Colour
Correction techniques for compositing. Concept of Chroma matte and
Keying
Chapter 3. Understand the concept of Tracking and Stabilization. 3D Layers, Lights

Design Page | 15
 and Camera. Understand the concept of Camera Tracking and Set
Extensions techniques

UNIT 4 : Overview of Video Editing Process, Tools and Techniques 50 hrs.

Chapter 1. Non-linear Editing process. Concept of sequence and tracks
Chapter 2. Editing tools and technique. Application of Effects and Transitions.
Chapter 3. Media Conformation and encoding

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcome Program Outcome

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Demonstrate the
postproduction techniques X
used in Film and VFX.
Demonstrate Layer based
compositing process, tools X
and technologies
Create video output based on
Camera Tracking, Rotoscopy,
X
Keying, Colour correction &
Colour grading
Demonstrate Video Editing
process, tools and X
technologies

Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Theory / Practical Assignments 25

Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, 25
Visualization and Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team 15
activities, Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Design Page | 16
 Book References:

1 Professional Digital Compositing: Essential Tools and Techniques, author Lee Lanier
2 Compositing Visual Effects: Essentials for the Aspiring Artist, author Steve Wright
3 Digital Compositing for Film and Video, author Steve Wright
4 Creative Motion Graphic Titling for Film, Video, and the Web, Bill Byrne and Yael Braha

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 17
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game
Art
Course Title Character Design and Semester Sixth
Development (Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA 20 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative 50 Summative 50
Assessment Assessment
Marks Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Art for Animation – I & II, 3D CGI Foundation from 2nd Year

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Create characters for animation and gaming projects.
CO 2. Create Model sheet of the given character
CO 3. Demonstrate the skills to Model 3D character as per the given reference.
CO 4. Develop the skills on character Look development process

Content of the Course 2: Character Design and Development 120

Hours
UNIT 1: Understand the process of Character Design for Animation / gaming. 30 hrs.
Chapter 1. Introduction to Character designing for animation film and gaming
Chapter 2. Define the character’s trait and personality.
Chapter 3. Basic Shapes and form of the character, Understand the Constructions,
Proportion and Anatomy.
Chapter 4. Creating Model sheet of the character

UNIT 2: Understand 3D Character Modelling Process and Techniques. 60 hrs.

Chapter 1. Introduction to 3D character Modelling.

Chapter 2. Study reference and understand the anatomy, Planning and blocking.
Chapter 3. Study topology of the given character face and modelling it.
Chapter 4. Modellin torso, hands and legs.

Design Page | 18
Chapter 5. Modelling cloths, footwear and hair of the given character.
Chapter 6. Understand UV Layout process and Cleaning-up the 3D Model

30 hrs.
UNIT 3: Understand Character Look Development process and techniques.
Chapter 1. Skin Shader and texturing process for PBR rendering workflow.
Chapter 2. Preparing various textures like base colour, Specular Roughness, Depth
map for Sub-Surface Scattering, Normal map, Height map, etc... In 3D
texture painting application.
Chapter 3. Character Lighting setup
Chapter 4. Rendering the character to final outcome

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcome Program Outcome

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Create characters for
animation and gaming X X
projects.
Create Model sheet of the
X
given character
Demonstrate the skills to
Model 3D character as per the X
given reference.
Design character Look
X
development process

Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Theory / Practical Assignments 15

Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design

Design Page | 19
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Book References:

1. Principles of Form and Design by Wucius Wong John Wiley & Sons, New York

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 20
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title Game Art (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA21 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): 3D CGI Foundation from 4th Semester, Character Design and
Development, BG design and development

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Demonstrate Low poly Modelling techniques for Game Assets
development
CO 2. Apply PBR texturing and rendering workflow for Game development

CO 3. Demonstrate the Digital Sculpting skills

Content of the Course 3: Game Art 120
Hours
30 hrs.
UNIT 1: Introduction to Low Poly modelling techniques for Game assets.

Chapter 1. Low Poly modelling techniques

Chapter 2. Creating Base Meshes
Chapter 3. UV Layout Process and Cleaning-up the mesh.
Chapter 4. Exporting Base Mesh

UNIT 2: Understand Digital Sculpting 60 hrs.

Chapter 1. Introduction to Digital Sculpting

Chapter 2. Digital Sculpting Tools and Techniques
Chapter 3. Sculpting Props to high resolution mesh for adding detailing
Chapter 4. Exporting Base Mesh, High Resolution Mesh, Normal map and other

Design Page | 21
 texture maps.

UNIT 3: Understand Texturing in 3D Texture painting application for PBR workflow. 30 Hrs.

Chapter 1. Importing mesh and baking Mesh maps.

Chapter 2. Preparing various Textures for PBR workflows
Chapter 3. Exporting Texture Maps

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcome Program Outcome

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Demonstrate Low poly
Modelling techniques for X X
Game Assets development
Apply PBR texturing and
rendering workflow for X
Game development
Demonstrate the Digital
X
Sculpting skills
Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Theory / Practical Assignments 15

Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects

Book References:

1 The Art of Game Design: A book of lenses by Jesse Schell

2 Game Feel: A Game Designer's Guide to Virtual Sensation (Morgan Kaufmann Game Design
Books) by Steve Swink
3 On the Way to Fun: An Emotion-Based Approach to Successful Game Design by Roberto
Dillon

Design Page | 22
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 23
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art
Course Title Story Design & Visual Semester Sixth
Narrative (Theory )
Course Code DSC-VA22 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Outline:
Course Pre-requisite(s): Knowledge about stories, Reading and writing and
Imagination

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Plan a story and develop it
CO 2. Portray the Characters in the story with visual medium.
CO 3. Develop the Plot and the conflicts in story with visual medium.

Content of the Course 4: Story Design & Visual Narrative 60Hours

UNIT 1: Story, Narrative and Plot: 20 hrs.

Chapter 1. Elements of story

Chapter 2. Resources and ideas from life
Chapter 3. Narrative modes, Aesthetics of narration, Narrative point of view.
20 hrs.
UNIT 2: Voices of the story

Chapter 1. Character voice, Unreliable voice, Epistolary voice.

Chapter 2. Structuring the story, Plot & sub plots, Plot devices
Chapter 3. Other Devices - Dramatic structure –Conflict

Design Page | 24
Chapter 4. Setting mood - Rising action -Falling Action – Dénouement –
Resolution

UNIT 3: Story Genres; 20 Hrs.

Chapter 1. Characters and the story, Developing Characters,
Chapter 2. character driven stories & Event driven stories. Story Telling and it
relevance in society
Chapter 3. Visual Narrative, Elements of Visual narrative. Visual Storytelling,
structure and techniques

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcome Program Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Plan a story and develop it X X
Portray the Characters in the
X X
story with visual medium.
Develop the Plot and the
conflicts in story with visual X
medium.

Course Articulation Matrix relates course outcomes of course with the corresponding program
outcomes whose attainment is attempted in this course. Mark ‘X’ in the intersection cell if a course
outcome addresses a particular program outcome
Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, Presentation and demonstrations

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Theory / Practical Assignments 15

Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 10
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 5
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Design Page | 25
 Reference Books:

1 The Analysis of Film by Raymond Bellour and Constance Penley (Editor)

2 How to Read a Film: Movies, Media, and Beyond by James Monaco
3 Film Art: An Introduction - Paperback (Nov. 25, 2009) by David Bordwell and Kristin
Thompson
4 Film Form: Essays in Film Theory - Paperback (Mar. 19, 1969) by Sergei Eisenstein and
Jay Leyda
5 Story: Substance, Structure, Style and the Principles of Screenwriting by Robert McKee
6 The Way of the Storyteller by Ruth Sawyer

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 26
 SYLLABUS FOR BVA

GRAPHICS & COMMUNICATION DESIGN

FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER

Design Page | 27
 BVA-GRAPHICS & COMMUNICATION DESIGN
Semester - 5
Subject Title of the Paper Instruction Duration of Marks Credits
Code hrs /week Exam (hrs)

IA Exam Total

DSC Graphic Design for 8 Display/Jury 75 75 150 5

15 Print & Web &Viva
Media (Practical
DSC Graphic Design for 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 4
16 gaming (Practical &Viva

DSC Information 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 4

17 Design (Practical) &Viva

DSC Theory of 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3

18 Advertising
Design (Theory)
DSE 1 DSE1.Photography 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 3
DSE2. Camera and &Viva
Film editing
DSE3.
Revitalization of
Arts & Crafts
Vocational Course: 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
VOC1 Visual
Merchandising
Cyber Security / 3 50 - 50 2
SEC 4 Internship

37 700 24

Name of the Degree Program: BVA

Design Page | 28
Discipline Core: Graphics & Communication Design
Total Credits for the Program: 190
Starting year of implementation: 2021-22
Program Outcomes:
By the end of the program the students will be able to;
PO.1. Students will be able to remember, explain and apply the Design Principles in their Design
activities.
PO.2. Students will be able to apply the Drawing rendering and artistic skills to Visualize the
concepts, ideas and experiences.
PO.3. Students will be capable of interpreting the Design evolution explain and contextualize to their
time.
PO.4. Students will be capable of identifying the Design problem from their surroundings and analyse
them.
PO.5. At the end of the Program students will be capable of analyzing the problems and able to
differentiate them based on their nature.
PO.6. Students will be capable of applying the user research methodology to their Design Projects
PO.7. At the end of the program students will be able to formulate their Design ideas and organize
them.
PO.8. At the end of the Program, students will be capable of presenting their Design Projects using
Digital Visualization skills by applying various software and techniques.
PO.9. Students will be able to plan design strategies for their Design Projects and execute.
PO.10. Students will be capable of using design language and articulation in their Design Thesis.
PO.11. Students will be able to research various topics and capable of writing and publishing.
PO.12. Students can execute their Design Projects and will be able to apply for patents
PO.13. At the end of the Program Students are can execute their Graduation Project independently by
applying the skills and knowledge acquired from the Program.
PO.14. At the end of the Program, students are capable of working in the industry environment as
Interns or Designers.
PO.15. Students on completion of the Program will be able to work as independent free-lancing
Designers and Consultants.

Design Page | 29
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Graphics and
Communication Design
Course Title Graphic Design for Print & Web Semester Fifth Semester
Media (Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA15 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s):
1.Typography
2. Graphic Design and Communication
3.Digital Illustrations
Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1. Remember, recognize, and use the knowledge in gained from Pre requisite subjects from
previous semesters

CO.2. Differentiate and analyse the Graphic Design language as required for Print Media.

CO.3.Do user research in web Media and analyse the design and execute.

Content of the Course 1: Graphic Design for Print & Web Media (Practical) 150 hrs
Unit 1: Graphic Design for Print media 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Introduction to Graphic Design in relation to Print Media

• Chapter 2: Visual problem solving and To learn the relative use of Type,
graphics, illustration and photography for Print Design. Designing for
different types such as; Business cards-Branded packaging, labels and
shopping bags – Brochures – Billboards - Menus - Banners

• Magazines and newspapers - Signage – Stationery - Greeting cards and

invitations – Calendars – Posters - Book covers and interiors

• Chapter 3: print production standards& Print Media process :Content

gathering - Pre-press.- Press.- Printing -Folding - Post press.
• Design Project for Social / Commercial requirements

Design Page | 30
Unit 2 Web Design & Development Process 75 hrs
Chapter 1:
Planning the project is the most important step, and it is even more critical than the
actual development. • Requirements analysis • Project charter • Site map • Contracts
that define roles, copyright and financial points • Gain access to servers and build
folder structure • Determine required software and resources (stock photography,
fonts, etc.)
Design: Wireframe and design elements planning • Mock-ups based on requirements
analysis • Slice and code valid HTML/XHTML/JS/CSS etc
Chapter 2: .
Development : Build development framework. • Code templates for each page type.
• Develop and test special features and interactivity • Fill with content. • Test and
verify links and functionality. 4. Launch • Polishing • Transfer to live server •
Testing
Final cross-browser check (IE, Firefox, Chrome, Safari, Opera, iPhone, BlackBerry)

Chapter 3:
Post-Launch : Hand off to client • Provide documentation and source files • Project
close, final documentation • Files and Archive 6. A Process Puts the Client at Ease •
Documenting The Process • Using The Process • Refining the Process 7. Risks &
Tips

Web design Project for social sectors

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Remember, recognize, and X
use the knowledge in gained from
Pre requisite subjects from
previous semesters
CO.2. Differentiate and analyse X
the Graphic Design language as
required for Print Media.
CO3. Do user research in web X
Media and analyse the design and
execute.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10

Design Page | 31
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 20 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 10 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Reference Books:

1 Fundamentals of Graphic Design by Gavin Ambrose, Paul Harris, AVA Publishing

2 Graphic Design Solutions by Robin LandaCengage Learning
3 Learning web design by Jennifer Niederst Robbins
4 WEB PUBLISHING Introduction to html by Mark kerr, Paperback
5 Don't make me think by Steve krug
6 Making and breaking the grid: a graphic design layout workshop by Timothy Samara
7 Responsive Web Design with html5 and css3 by Ben Frein

Design Page | 32
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Graphics and
Communication Design
Course Title Graphic Design for gaming Semester Fifth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA16 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Drawing for Designers , Digital Media , Graphic Design for
Communication
Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. To remember and identify the skills require to design story boards, Game illustrations us using
their skills acquired in Previous semester.

CO.2 Planning and executing the Game design process.

CO.3. Able to create Game design assets using the digital skills acquired earlier.

Content of the Course 2: Graphic Design for gaming (Practical) 120 hrs
Unit 1: 60 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to gaming and concepts. Meaning and definition

Chapter 2: Classification of gaming

Chapter 3: Game production process

Unit 2 60 hrs
Chapter 1: Pre production for Gaming – Concepts and ideas
Chapter 2: Game assets design

Chapter 3: Production environment steps and planning –Implementation in Digital

plat form

Design Page | 33
Chapter 4: Post production – Compositing and editing, sound designing
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. To remember and identify X
the skills require to design story
boards, Game illustrations us
using their skills acquired in
Previous semester.
CO.2 Planning and executing the X
Game design process.

CO.3. Able to create Game X

design assets using the digital
skills acquired earlier.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 The Art of Game Design: A book of lenses BY Jesse Schell / CRC Press, 04-Aug-2008
2 Game Feel: A Game Designer's Guide to Virtual Sensation (Morgan Kaufmann Game Design
Books) by Steve Swink
3 On the Way to Fun: An Emotion-Based Approach to Successful Game Design by Roberto
Dillon

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 34
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Graphics and
Communication Design
Course Title Information Design (Practical) Semester Fifth
Course Code DSC-VA17 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Drawing skill , Digital Media , Graphic Design concepts

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. Do research and gather information Classify, analyze the information collected and will be able
to arrange them for the execution

CO.2 Plan, and develop the concepts for Info graphic Designs

CO.3. Digitally Visualize the concepts and present their Design concepts

Content of the Course 3: Information Design (Practical) 120 hrs

Unit 1: 60 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to Information Design, To review the skills required from

earlier semesters such as Design Principles, Digital Visualization Graphic Design
Concepts as required for Information Design

Chapter 2: To do Research in relation to a chosen area / topic to which information

Design is required.

Chapter 3: Differentiate and Analyze the data collected using research Data Graphics
such as charts / diagrams/ Maps etc and create information architecture

Unit 2 60 hrs
Chapter 1:Create a narrative using the Information collected and by organizing them

Design Page | 35
in to proper hierarchies

Chapter 2: Discuss, analyze and evaluate effective and ineffective information design

Chapter 3 Plan a info graphic Design Project on the above chosen area for research
and prepare a Presentation.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Do research and gather X
information Classify, analyze the
information collected and will be
able to arrange them for the
execution
CO.2 Plan, and develop the X
concepts for Info graphic Designs

CO 3.Digitally Visualize the X

concepts and present their Design
concepts

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Information Design Handbook by Jennifer Visocky O’Grady and kenneth O’Grady
2 Designing Information Human Factors and common sense in information Design by Joel Katz
3 An introduction to information design by Andy Ellison & Kathryn Coates
4 Visual display of Quantitative Information By WdwardTufte

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks for

Practical Courses Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/

Design Page | 36
 Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments : 10
projects: 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva etc:
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 37
Program Name BVA in Design Program core GRAPHICS AND
COMMUNICATION
DESIGN
Course Title Theory of Advertising Design Semester Fifth Semester
(Theory)
Course Code DSC-VA18 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Graphic Design Theory , Graphics and Communication Design

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. Remember and identify the concepts of advertising and able to record the information
CO 2. Interpret the Concepts of advertisement used in various advertisements by well known
Designers and from their works
CO 3 Differentiate, analyze and interpret the role of Advertisements and its impact on society.

Content of the Course 4: Theory of Advertising Design (Theory) 60 hrs

Unit 1: 20 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to Advertising; concepts, ideas and Visual aspects through

good examples from the famous advertisements.

Chapter 2: Industrial revolution and the Post Industrial impact on Rural, urban
economy of India, and the notable changes in the lifestyle, production and markets

Chapter 3: Mass production of Industrial Products to full fill the changing lifestyle –
Liberal thoughts and platforms transforming the individual life. Changes in the
perception of Advertising and Marketing strategies.
Unit 2 20 hrs

Design Page | 38
Chapter 1: To discuss the Direct and indirect Marketing ideas from the great
examples

Chapter 2: Advertising of an Art, Science and Business professions. The role of

Advertisement in bringing awareness on verities of issues including Social issues
such as Environment, food and water. Advertising ideas for commercial / consumer
products.

Chapter 3: To discuss and comparative analysis of the Advertising History and

Modern Advertising concepts. To discuss the Role of Advertising and its impact on
Society in longer period.

Unit 3 20 hrs
Chapter 1: Principles and methods of reproduction process. Campaign planning-
Introduction and explanation with examples.

Chapter 2: Campaign objectives. Influencing factors on advertising campaign. Three

basic principles of campaign planning. : Importance of unity and continuity,
Structure, Function

Chapter 3 : Operations of an advertising agency Advertising and the consumer: wants

and needs. Advertising primary appeal, unique selling points (USP), Outstanding
selling points (OSP). Consumer psychology

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO 1. Remember and identify X
the concepts of advertising and
able to record the information
CO 2. Interpret the Concepts of X
advertisement used in various
advertisements by well-known
Designers and from their works

CO 3. Differentiate, analyze and X

interpret the role of
Advertisements and its impact on
society.

Co4. Research on Consumers X

Psychology and selling points for
a Design Project / Campaign.

Pedagogy: Lecture Presentations , discussions, Reading and writing activities

Design Page | 39
 Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 20
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 05
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 05
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Advertising Theory (Rutledge Communication Series) February 25, 2012 by Shelly Rodgers
(Editor), Esther Thorson (Editor
2 The Advertising Research Handbook, Second … by Charles E. Young
3 Advertising Research: Theory & Practice (2nd Edition) Hardcover – May 23, 2011
by Joel J. Davis (Author)
4 Advertising Design and Typography by Alex W.White / Allworth Press
5 Advertising Campaign Design: Just the Essentials by Robyn Blakeman / M.E. Sharpe

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 40
 BVA-GRAPHICS & COMMUNICATION DESIGN
Semester 6
Subject Title of the Paper Instruction Duration of Marks Credits
Code hrs /week Exam (hrs)

IA Exam Total

DSC Advertising 8 Display/Jury 75 75 150 5

19 Design & Media &Viva
(Practical)
DSC Packaging Design 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 4
20 and Printing &Viva
Technology
(Practical)
DSC Introduction to 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 4
21 UI/UX Design &Viva
(Practical)
DSC Theory Visual 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
22 communication &
Media (Theory)
DSE VA E-3 DSE1. Motion 6 Display/Jury 50 50 100 3
2 Graphics &Viva
DSE2. Digital
Illustration
Technique
DSE3. Game
Design

Vocational Course 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3

VOC2
SEC-4: Relevant 3 50 - 50 2
SEC 4 SEC (2) (1+0+2)/
Internship (2)

37 700 24

Design Page | 41
Program Name BVA in Design Program core GRAPHICS AND
COMMUNICATION
DESIGN
Course Title Advertising Design & Media Semester Sixth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA19 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s):
1.Typography
2. Graphic Design and Communication
3.Digital Illustrations
4. Advertising Design Theory

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1. Research, Ideate and Create concepts for advertisements for the promotion and branding of
Institutions, Corporates and Industries and companies.

CO.2 Plan and create suitable strategies and Identify the suitable design solutions for the
advertisements and Branding for the sector chosen.

CO.3. . Visualize the advertising concepts in Digital media as mentioned in the above sectors using
the skills and knowledge acquired.

Content of the Course 1: Advertising Design & Media (Practical) 150 hrs

Unit 1: 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Introduction to Advertising Design. Discussion on the best advertising
Designs ever, Case study, analysis of merits and demerits

Chapter 2: Advance Layout design for advertising; Revision to Layout design, How
to effectively use the Design elements using the digital media. Activities to enhance
the layout Design skills and knowledge.

Chapter 3: To discuss in detail the advertisements for different sectors such as Social
and Commercial and identify the differences and categorize them accordingly

Design Page | 42
Unit 2 Web Design & Development Process 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Advertisement for noncommercial services like Educational Institutions,
Hospitals etc. To do research based analysis and execute a project

Chapter 2: Advertisements for consumer Products, ex: Health care products.

Cosmetics and Garments. Pictorial based advertisement

Chapter 3: Magazine advertisements for commercial services like Hotels, travel and
hospitality.
Chapter 4: Advertisement for public and social welfare events and awareness
To choose a Project from the above mentioned sectors and work in detail

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Research, Ideate and Create X
concepts for advertisements for
the promotion and branding of
Institutions, Corporates and
Industries and companies.
CO.2. Plan and create suitable X
strategies and Identify the
suitable design solutions for the
advertisements and Branding for
the sector chosen.
CO3. Visualize the advertising X
concepts in Digital media as
mentioned in the above sectors
using the skills and knowledge
acquired.
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Citizen Designer: Perspectives on Design Responsibility by Steven Heller, Véronique Vienne

/Allworth Press
2 Advertising by Design: Generating and Designing Creative Ideas Across Media by Robin

Design Page | 43
 Landa / John Wiley & Sons
3 The Design Manual by David Whitbread / UNSW Press

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 44
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Graphics and
Communication Design
Course Title Packaging Design and Printing Semester Sixth Semester
Technology (Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA20 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Drawing , Digital skills , Graphic Design for Communication and Printing
knowledge

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. Identify the needs for the packaging and ideate concepts using Design principles

CO.2 organize, plan and find out the Design solutions for the packaging Design of various types and
requirements

CO.3. Use the different printing Technology to achieve the artistic, creative Packaging Designs of
various products.

Content of the Course 2: Packaging Design and Printing Technology (Practical) 120 hrs
Unit 1: 40 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to Packaging Design – including the various media,

typography, and Colour schemes analysis.

Chapter 2: Introduction to Graphic design for packaging – Application of Graphic

Design and problem relating to packaging design.

Chapter 3: Types of packaging, printing and fabrication methods, regulatory

guidelines and application of digital medium.

Unit 2 40 hrs
Chapter 1: History of Printing technology. Different printing technology and methods
from the past with suitable examples

Design Page | 45
Chapter 2: Litho-Offset printing –Plano Graphic ,Line& half tone printing in single
colour. Comparison of different process from the economic and suitability point of
view

Chapter 3: Screen printing process –Fundamentals of line and half tone printing,
Printing on different surfaces

Chapter 4: Digital Printing process – Image Resolution, file format – printing output

Unit 3 40 hrs
Chapter 1: Digital Printing process – Image Resolution, file format – printing output

Chapter 2: Digital Colour palette. Working with Colour designs and Colour printing
method

Chapter 3: Using the knowledge and skills acquired during this period students have
to practice various packaging Designs to fit different consumer products.

Note: Students shall visit printing press and also packaging unit to practically learn
most of the contents

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Identify the needs for the X
packaging and ideate concepts
using Design principles
CO.2 organize, plan and find out X
the Design solutions for the
packaging Design of various
types and requirements

CO.3. Use the different printing X

Technology to achieve the
artistic, creative Packaging
Designs of various products.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10

Design Page | 46
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 What is Packaging Design? BY Giles Calver /RotoVision, 2004
2 Package Design Workbook: The Art and Science of Successful Packaging BY Steven DuPuis,
John Silva / Rockport Publishers
3 1,000 Package Designs: A Comprehensive Guide to Packing It In BY Grip / Rockport
Publishers

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 47
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Graphics &
Communication Design
Course Title Introduction to UI/UX Design Semester Sixth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA21 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Digital skills , Graphic Design for Communication

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. Memorize, Recall, identify the Design principles and apply them in their Design concepts

CO.2 Identify the needs for the UI/UX Design and conduct a thorough Research to acquire good
knowledge of the subject

CO.3.. Analyze, differentiate the information Architecture and use the Design process to achieve good
Design

Content of the Course 3 : Introduction to UI/UX Design (Practical) 120 hrs

Unit 1: 60 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to UX/UI: Introduction to the History, present and future of

UX.

Chapter 2: Introduction to UX research methods: A quick hands on practice of UX

research methods

Chapter 3: Introduction to information architecture and its importance:

Understanding Information and architecting it is very important to create a good
experience in UX
Unit 2 60 hrs
Chapter 1: Introduction to Lean UX: An introduction to lean UX will help students to
understand the working process and the environment of UX.

Chapter 2: Making report: Students are required to create a report

Design Page | 48
Chapter 3: Students are allowed to create a small Design Project of their choice in any
sector such as commercial or Social and apply their UI/UX skills and knowledge and
execute the Project.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Memorize, Recall, identify X
the Design principles and apply
them in their Design concepts
CO.2 Identify the needs for the X
UI/UX Design and conduct a
thorough Research to acquire
good knowledge of the subject

CO.3. Analyze, differentiate the X

information Architecture and use
the Design process to achieve
good Design
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Designating the User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction
B.Shneiderman, , 3rd Ed., Addison Wesley, 2000
2 Design: Beyond Human –Computer Interaction, J. Preece, Y. Rogers and H. Sharp, John
Wiley & Sons, Delhi, 2003.
3 The Essential Guide to User Interface Design of Interaction Design, W.O. Galitz, John Wiley
& Sons, 2002.
4 Human Computer Interaction, A. Dix, J. Finlay, G.D Abowd and R. Beale, 3rd Ed., Pearson
Education Ltd., 2004.

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks for

Practical Courses Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20

Design Page | 49
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments : 10
projects: 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva etc:
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 50
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Graphics and
Communication Design
Course Title Theory Visual communication & Semester Sixth Semester
Media (Theory)
Course Code DSC-VA 22 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Graphic Design Theory , Graphics and Communication Design,

Theory of Advertising Design

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. Differentiate, define and explain the design in the age of electronic media
CO 2. Identify, the possibility in digital medium and its influences on Print, film and Television
mediums
CO 3 Explain and interpret the historical evolutions of the design schools in the world

Content of the Course 4 : Theory Visual communication & Media (Theory) 60 hrs
Unit 1: 30 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to Electronic medium with suitable examples and Historical

evolutions.

Chapter 2: To discuss the topics Computer Imaging, Digital Photography, Moving

images, Film language using appropriate Examples through Presentations and
screenings of the relevant videos.

Chapter 3: Television as powerful communication medium - Television commercials,

Prerecorded and live programs and the News channels and their Visual impact
Unit 2 30 hrs

Chapter 1: To discuss the mediums such as Animation, traditional narrative school,

digital Animation, Animation in non-narrative styles. To understand them through
good examples using presentations and screening of Videos

Design Page | 51
Chapter 2: To discuss about various Design Schools: Introduction to Bauhaus
philosophy, Design faculties and their innovative ideas in design. Understanding of
their designs through good examples

Chapter 3: Books as Visual Communication medium from 16th century on wards.

Books in the modern time. To study various Book Designs and explore through
history

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO 1. Differentiate, define and X
explain the design in the age of
electronic media

CO 2. Identify the possibility in X

digital medium and its influences
on Print, film and Television
mediums

CO 3. Explain and interpret the X

historical evolutions of the
design schools in the world.

Pedagogy: Lecture Presentations , discussions, Reading and writing activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 20
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 05
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 05
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Visual Communication: Images with Messages by Paul Martin Lester / Thomson Wadsworth,
2006
2 Visual Communication: More Than Meets the Eye By G. Harry Jamieson / Intellect Books,
2007
3 Bauhaus,1919- 1933 by Magdalena Droste / Taschen, 2002
4 Visual Communication: Integrating Media, Art, and Science- By Rick Williams, Julianne
Newton

Design Page | 52
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 53
 SYLLABUS FOR BVA

INTERIOR & SPATIAL DESIGN

FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER

Design Page | 54
 BVA INTERIOR & SPATIAL DESIGN- Semester 5
Subjec Title of the Paper Instru Duration Marks Credit
t Code ctionhr of Exam s
s /week (hrs)
I Exa Tota
A m l
DSC Interior Design Studio II – 8 Display/Jur 75 75 150 5
15 Inhabitations (Practical) y &Viva
DSC User Element Design 6 Display/Jur 50 50 100 4
16 (Practical) y &Viva
DSC Advance Visualization 6 Display/Jur 50 50 100 4
17 Methods (Practical) y &Viva
DSC History of Design: 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
18 Interiors (Theory)

DSE DSE1.Photography(Practic 6 Display/Jur 50 50 100 3

al) y &Viva
DSE2. Camera and Film
editing (Practical)
DSE3. Revitalization of
Arts & Crafts (Practical)
VOC Vocational 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
1
SEC SEC-4: Relevant SEC (2) 3 50 - 50 2
4 (1+0+2)/ Internship (2)
37 700 24

Name of the Degree Program: BVA

Design Page | 55
Discipline Core: Interior and Spatial Design
Total Credits for the Program: 190
Starting year of implementation: 2021-22

Program Outcomes:
By the end of the program the students will be able to
PO.1. Students will be able to remember, explain and apply the Design Principles in their Design
activities.
PO.2. Students will be able to apply the Drawing rendering and artistic skills to Visualize the
concepts, ideas and experiences.
PO.3. Students will be capable of interpreting the Design evolution explain and contextualize to their
time.
PO.4. Students will be capable of identifying the Design problem from their surroundings and analyse
them.
PO.5. At the end of the Program students will be capable of analyzing the problems and able to
differentiate them based on their nature.
PO.6. Students will be capable of applying the user research methodology to their Design Projects
PO.7. At the end of the program students will be able to formulate their Design ideas and organize
them.
PO.8. At the end of the Program, students will be capable of presenting their Design Projects using
Digital Visualization skills by applying various software and techniques.
PO.9. Students will be able to plan design strategies for their Design Projects and execute.
PO.10. Students will be capable of using design language and articulation in their Design Thesis.
PO.11. Students will be able to research various topics and capable of writing and publishing.
PO.12. Students can execute their Design Projects and will be able to apply for patepatentsPO.13. At
the end of the Program Students are can execute their Graduation Project independently by applying
the skills and knowledge acquired from the Program.
PO.14. At the end of the Program, students are capable of working in the industry environment as
Interns or Designers.
PO.15. Students on completion of the Program will be able to work as independent free-lancing
Designers and Consultants.

Design Page | 56
 Curriculum
SEMESTER – 5TH

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Interior & Spatial Design
Course Title Interior design studio II - Semester Fifth
Inhabitations
Course Code DSC 15 No of Credits 5
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s):

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. To Define and Identify research topics relevant to the given project
CO.2 To Transfer user/client requirement in the designed spaces

CO3. Understand and analyze the process of Applying Material board ,Mood board,Color selection
for the designs

CO4. Device Aesthetics in elements and spatial experience and Enhancing the interior experience
through creative lighting

CO5. Evaluate and Understand representations of standards used in preparing detailed drawings.

CO6. Integrating to Understand material properties and execution of work from drawings as well as
Experiment with conceptualizing techniques and realize desired results

Content of the Course 1: Interior design studio II - Inhabitations 150hrs

Unit 1: 40 hrs

Chapter 1: Space Planning- Introduction to space planning, Necessity of space

planning, different Spaces for inhibition- Design of living units of various geographical
locations and culture by involving historical periods, styles and use of craft in its
inherent quality and form – craft and living environment.

Design Page | 57
Chapter 2 Introduction: Materials -: Terminology: Material board,Moodboard,Color
selection, Textures and aesthetics- Applications of art / craft at public level spaces-
lounge (hotel), restaurant of specific ethnic characteristics, café, boutique, retail stores,
studios.

Chapter 3: Application of design principles and elements. Design Development -

Structural integration with reference to Interiors and aesthetics- Response to today’s
situation of urban society – For a given space /building/structure– refurbish to a
different typology.

Unit 2 : 40 hrs
Chapter 1 Making complete set of working drawings for the residence or any other
project Choosen. The drawings to incorporate all necessary information complete with
schedule and all specifications. The Working Drawings to include. Site plan.
Foundation layout with details of foundations and D.P.C. Ground floor Plan, First
Floor Plan, Terrace Plan Sections, Elevations

Chapter 2: Making complete set of services drawings for the above said project. The
drawings to incorporate services details complete with schedule and all specifications.
The Services Drawings to include:Electrical Layout. Plumbing Layout. Sanitary
Layout. Drainage Layout. Rain Water Disposal / Harvesting Layout and Details.
Toilet details. Kitchen / Pantry Details.etc

Chapter 3: Making complete set of working details for the above said project. The
drawings to incorporate details complete with schedule and all specifications. The
Working Details to include: Doors and Windows Drawings and Details. Staircase
Details including railings. Details of Grills, Parapet or railings. Gate Details,
compound wall details, Landscaping and Paving details, Typical wall section showing
foundation, DPC, skirting, sill, lintel, slab and terracing details.
Unit 3 : 70 hrs
Chapter 1: Making complete set of finishing drawings for the above said project. The
drawings to incorporate finishing details complete with schedule and all specifications.
The Finishing Details to include: Doors and Windows Frame and Shutter details.
Flooring & Skirting pattern and fixing details. Dado / Wall tile pattern and fixing
details. Wall Cladding pattern and fixing details. Plaster Pattern with Colour schemes.
False Ceiling details etc.

Chapter 2: Fundamentals of lift services System Design. Building Plans, Drawings and
Schematics.. Grouping of lifts and design standards of a lift lobby. Types of Lifts.
Working of lifts with details of lift section describing various parts of lifts. Types of
Escalators drawings Fire safety drawings

Chapter 3: Making complete set of finishing drawings for the different types of
furniture’s, ,joinery details for Reception Table, Chair, Center Table, Corner Table, TV
unit, Wardrobe details,etc.

Chapter 4: Introduction to acoustics and principles

Design Page | 58
Acoustic Design process and different types of buildings – auditoriums, concert halls,
cinema halls, seminar rooms, lecture halls, classroom and open offices.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. To Define and Identify X X X X
research topics relevant to the
given project
CO. 2 To Transfer user/client X X X
requirement in the designed
spaces
CO.3 Understand and analyze X X
the process of Applying
Material board ,Mood
board,Color selection on the
designs done
CO.4 Device Aesthetics in X X X
elements and spatial experience
and Enhancing the interior
experience through creative
lighting
CO.5 Evaluate and Understand X X X
representations of standards
used in preparing detailed
drawings.
CO.6 Integrating to Understand X X X
material properties and
execution of work from
drawings as well as Experiment
with conceptualizing techniques
and realize desired results

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Design Page | 59
 Reference Books:

1 Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1992.
2 Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards for Interior Design &
space planning, 2nd edition,Mc-Graw Hill professional, 2001.
3 Francis.D. Ching& Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrared, 2nd edition, Wiley publishers,
2004.
4 Julius Panero& Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space: A source book of Design
Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
5 Karlen Mark, Kate Ruggeri & Peter Hahn, Space Planning Basics, Wiley publishers, 2003.

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 60
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Interior & Spatial Design
Course Title User Element design Semester 5th
Course Code DSC 16 No of Credits 4
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Design Studio, Form Study, Design Foundation

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. Define the the role and Integration of fixtures and accessories in Interior design.
CO 2. Illustrating the accessories and understanding the context in and around the space.
CO 3. To establish a thorough knowledge on studying the materials involved in the creation of
these accessories.
CO 4. To connect and co-relate the basics of concepts like ergonomics and functionality of
lifestyle products and designs
CO 5. To predict the right use of accessories in the right space that will enhance the aesthetics
and functionality of the space.
CO 6. To enable students in understanding costing for different accessories and materials used.

Content of the Course 2: User Element design 120hrs

UNIT 1 : Role and integration of accessories/products in interiors 30 hrs
Chapter 1. Introduction of Role and integration of accessories/products in interiors.

Chapter 2. Design approaches in product and lifestyle accessories design with a

focus on functionality, ergonomics, aesthetics, multiple usages etc.

UNIT 2 : 45 hrs
Chapter 1. Stylistic development of decorative accessories from the past to present
with insight into technological

Chapter 2. Brief study of period room settings with the context of decorative
accessories complementing the architecture and interior design.

UNIT 3 : Study of materials and processes adopted in accessories design. 45 hrs

Chapter 1. Basic understanding of construction

Chapter 2. principles, anthropometrics, principles of sizes and proportions,

Design Page | 61
 modelling, rapid prototyping, colour, texture etc. Orientation to Indian as
well as global context of interiors, trends and market.

Chapter 3. A detailed study involving all the design aspects of any of the following
lifestyle accessories: luminaire design, glassware, lighting, textiles,
mirrors, clocks, wall finishes, multipurpose furniture etc.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Define the the role and X X
Integration of fixtures and
accessories in Interior design.
CO. 2 Illustrating the X X X
accessories and understanding
the context in and around the
space.
CO.3 To establish a thorough X X X
knowledge on studying the
materials involved in the
creation of these accessories.
CO.4 To establish a thorough X X X
knowledge on studying the
materials involved in the
creation of these accessories.
CO.5 To predict the right use of X X X
accessories in the right space
that will enhance the aesthetics
and functionality of the space.
CO.6 To enable students in X X X
understanding costing for
different accessories and
materials used.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Design Page | 62
 Reference Books:

1 K Laura Slack, What is product Design? Roto Vision publishers, 2006

2 Treena Crochet and David Vleck, Designer‟s Guide to Decorative Accessories, Prentice Hall,
Ist edition, 2008.
3 Michael Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials and Design: The Art and Science of material
selection in product design, Butter Worth Heinemann, 1st edition, 2002.
4 International Design Yearbook, 1995: Furniture, Lighting, Tableware, Textiles and Products,
Books Nippan, 1996.
5 Karl. T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Product Design and Development, McGraw-Hill
Education Singapore; 4th edition,2007
Teaching Pedagogy

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Practical Weightage of Marks

Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Test/Viva Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group projects: 10 Writing Assignments :
10
Design related activities like, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
Quiz, seminar, writing, Team etc: 10
activities, Industry Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 63
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Interior & Spatial Design
Course Title Advance Visualization Methods Semester Fifth
Course Code DSC17 No of Credits 4
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. Remember and Understand commands in the Visual software interface.

CO 2. To Associate and understand the development of 3D forms from the 2D designs curated.

CO 3. Ability to analyse and differentiate issues in modelling at various stages.

CO 4. Developing room layouts,furniture models and material application in the 3D Software.

CO 5. To analyse the interface and creating perspective views of the design.

CO 6. To Visualise and evaluate the designs made in 2D to understand the design better.

Content of the Course 3: Advance Visualization Methods 120hrs

UNIT 1 : Introduction to 3d software 30 hrs

Chapter 1. Introduction to 3d software and importance and application in interiors.

Chapter 2. Exploring and understanding the basic Unit setup, Grid and snap setting,
Interface, Create-Hierarchy-Display, Modify, Motion and Utility Panels,
Viewport settings.

Chapter 3. To create and modify both solid and surface models

Design and development of small models

UNIT 2 : Understand the process and techniques of 3D models from a two 45 hrs
dimensional layouts

Design Page | 64
Chapter 1. Design and development of furniture for different rooms

Chapter 2. Design and development of complete rooms interiors

Chapter 3. Understand form development and camera layout

Chapter 4. Understand Perspective and scene setting, camera layout and

walkthrough.

UNIT 3 :Understand the Process and techniques of Texturing, Lighting and rendering 45 hrs
3D exterior / interior scenes.

Chapter 1. Material application, creating and editing.

Chapter 2. Understanding of visual styles, walk through animation, materials, and
light settings.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Remember and X X
Understand commands in the
Visual software interface.
CO. 2 To Associate and X X
understand the development of
3D forms from the 2D designs
curated.

CO.3 Ability to analyse and X X X X

differentiate issues in modelling
at various stages
CO.4 Developing room X X X
layouts,furniture models and
material application in the 3D
Software.

CO.5 To analyse the interface X X X X

and creating perspective views
of the design.

CO.6 To Visualise and evaluate X X X

the designs made in 2D to
understand the design better.

Design Page | 65
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing By M.M.M. SARCAR, K. MALLIKARJUNA RAO,

K. LALIT
2 NARAYAN Fundamentals of Computer Aided Geometric Design by Josef Hoschek, Dieter
Lasser Peters, 1993
3 Handbook of Computer Aided Geometric Design edited by Gerald E. Farin, Josef Hoschek,
Myung-Soo Ki

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks for

Practical Courses Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/ Test/Viva
Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group projects: Writing Assignments : 10
10
Design related activities like, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva etc: 10
Quiz, seminar, writing, Team
activities, Industry Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 66
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Interior & Spatial Design
Course Title History of Design ( Interiors) Semester fifth
Theory
Course Code DSC18 No of Credits 3
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Design Language 1& 2

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1: Find connection between design and social change, drawing upon key theorists.
CO2: Assess the role of mechanization in the establishment of modern design practice.
CO3: Apply a method of investigation and analysis to the study of designed objects and Formulate
and critique the Design Classics.
CO4: Demonstrate a basic comprehension of changing values and tastes in the history of design and
articulate their contemporary relevance.

Content of the Course 3: History of Design ( Interiors) 60 hrs

UNIT 1 : Introduction to 3d software 20 hrs
Chapter 1: Elements of style and determinants of Interior environments in Egypt,
Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Chinese, Japan, Greece, Rome.

Chapter 2: Elements of style and determinants of Interior environments in Europe in

Early Christian, Romanesque, Gothic, Byzantine, Renaissance, Baroque and Rococo
periods.

Chapter 3: An overview of Victorian, Elizabethan, art Nouveau arts and crafts,

Cubism, surrealism, Romanticism etc.
UNIT 2 : 20 hrs

Chapter 1: Forces of industrialization in Europe, changes in social structure,

production systems, changes in technology and its impact on the life styles, arts and
crafts and interior environments.

Chapter 2: Elements of style, interior environment, furniture etc. in Jammu and

Design Page | 67
Kashmir, Southern India,.

Chapter 3: To study the Interior Environment and elements from Gujarat, Rajasthan,
Himachal Pradesh , states of North eastern India, Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa
etc.

UNIT 3 : 20 hrs
Chapter 1 : History of modern movement in interior Design and architecture –
developments of modern movements
Chapter 2: various fields of design affecting interior ambiences directly –
international modernism, regionalism and concerns with vernacular etc.
Chapter 3: Designers and their works with respect to interior architecture and interior
elements of design. Contemporary expressions of styles and art forms. (Could be part
of assignments for students to explore)

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1: Find connection between X
design and social change,
drawing upon key theorists.
CO2: Assess the role of X
mechanization in the
establishment of modern design
practice.
CO3: Apply a method of X
investigation and analysis to the
study of designed objects and
Formulate and critique the
Design Classics.
CO4: Demonstrate a basic X
comprehension of changing
values and tastes in the history of
design and articulate their
contemporary relevance.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15

Design Page | 68
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 5
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 5
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 John F. Pile, A history of interior design, 2nd edition, Laurence King Publishing, 2005.
2 Jeannie Ireland, History of Interior Design, air child publications, illustrated ed., 2009
3 Elaine, Michael Dywer, Christopher Mackinnon, Norman A. J. BerisfordDenby , A
History of Interior Design, Rhodec International, 1983
4 GiedionSigfried, Space, Time and Architecture: The growth of a new tradition, 4th ed.
Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1962.
5 Tadgell Cristopher, The History of Architecture in India: From the dawn of civilization to
the End of the Raj, Om Book Service, New Delhi, 1990.
6 RowlBejamin. Art and Architecture of India.
7 Towards Post Modernism by Collins, Michael
8 Design History a student’s hand book – by Conway, Haze

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 69
 BVA –INTERIOR & SPATIAL DESIGN -SEMESTER – 6
Program Name BVA in Design program core Interior &
Spatial Design
Course Title Interior Design Studio: III Semester Sixth
Practical
Course Code DSC 19 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Hrs Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s):
Interior Design Thinking, History of Interior Design, Architectural Elements and Services

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO.1 Demonstrate critical thinking in identifying and framing design opportunities.

CO.2 Developing a deep understanding and Classifying of design principles, elements and materials
CO.3 Applying technical skills and software proficiency for 2D and 3D drafting Rendering and
presentation.
CO.4 Able to conduct research and analysis to determine the needs and goals of the projects.
CO.5 Demonstrate knowledge of current information, theories and models, and techniques and
practices in all of the major business disciplines including the general areas of Project Management
and Estimation, Presentation, Qualitative and quantitative marketing survey knowledge
CO.6 Creative problem-solving in order to distill one solution from the multiple possibilities
generated from the given projects.
Content of the Course 1: Interior Design Studio: III 150 Hours
Unit 1: Introduction of Project 30 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Mind mapping, data collection, case study, literature study (Given
Projects)
Chapter 2. Area calculation, bubble & circulation diagram, block diagram
adjacency matrix, development of a concept
Unit 2 : Space Planning and Design Development 30 Hrs.

Chapter 1. Introduction to space planning, terms and intent, necessity of space

planning, synthesis of space planning, introduction to space design with
use of computer, the design program – observation
Chapter 2. Introduction to defining design, evaluating design - function, structure

Design Page | 70
 and materials, aesthetics, analyzing existing space and its advantages
Chapter 3. Design process/methodology, creativity/originality/concepts, and
sketches.
Unit 3 : Introduction to Construction Drawings and Consultancy 30 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Introduction to construction documents, layout plan, construction plans,
electrical plans, finishes plans, furniture plans, Elevations, section details
and Building Services
Chapter 2. Introduction to types of consultants - Acoustical consultant, lighting
consultant, plumbing consultant, AC consultant, special consultant based
on project needs, rain water harvesting, solar, green building,
landscaping, terrace gardening. Develop time in schedule based on
inputs by consultant
Unit 4 : Technical Drawings 60 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Elevations, sections, detailed drawings of a given project and 3D Views

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Demonstrate critical
thinking in identifying and X X
framing design opportunities.
CO2. Developing a deep
understanding and Classifying
X
of design principles, elements
and materials
CO3. Applying technical skills
and software proficiency for 2D
X X
and 3D drafting Rendering and
presentation.
CO4. Able to conduct research
and analysis to determine the X X
needs and goals of the projects.
CO5. Demonstrate knowledge
of current information, theories
and models, and techniques and
practices in all of the major
business disciplines including
X X
the general areas of Project
Management and Estimation,
Presentation, qualitative and
quantitative marketing survey
knowledge
CO6. Creative problem-solving
in order to distill one solution
from the multiple possibilities X X
generated from the given
projects.
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Design Page | 71
 Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Karlen Mark, Space planning Basics, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1992.
2 Joseph D Chiara, Julius Panero, & Martin Zelnick, Time Saver standards for Interior Design
& space planning, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill professional, 2001.
3 Francis.D. Ching& Corky Bingelli, Interior Design Illustrated, 2nd edition, Wiley publishers,
2004.
4 Julius Panero& Martin Zelnick, Human Dimension & Interior Space: A source book of
Design Reference standards, Watson – Guptill, 1979.
5 Maureen Mitton, Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to Graphics, Models, and
Presentation Techniques. John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
6 Mark.W. Lin, Drawing and Designing with Confidence: A step-by-step guide, Wiley and
Sons, 1993
7 Robert Rengel, Shaping Interior Space, Fairchild Books & Visuals, 2002.
8 Neufert Ernest, Architect’s Data, Granada pub. Ltd. London, 2000.
9 Maryrose McGowan & Kelsey Kruse, Interior Graphic Standards, Wiley and sons, 2004.
10 Robert F. Erlandson, Universal and Accessible Design for Products, Services, and Processes,
CRC; 1st edition, 2007.
11 Oliver Herwig& L. Bruce, Universal Design: Solutions for Barrier-free, Birkhäuser Basel; 1st
edition, 2008 Professional Digital Compositing: Essential Tools and Techniques, author Lee
Lanier

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 72
Program Name BVA in Design program core Interior &
Spatial Design
Course Title Complex Furniture Systems Semester Sixth
Practical
Course Code DSC 20 No of Credits 4
Contact hours 120 Hrs Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):
Interior Design Thinking, User Element Design, Advanced Visualization Methods
Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO.1 Identifying the client and end-user needs, as well as relevant cultural elements, to support the
development of a design solution - Form follows function
CO.2 Understanding of furniture design principles such as ergonomics, aesthetics, and functionality.
CO.3 Applying Knowledge of design software and tools to create details designs, technical drawings
and 3D models of furniture design
CO.4Analyzing the different materials, manufacturing techniques, construction methods and new
technology like 3d printers, CNC cutters and Modular Furniture.
CO.5 Considering knowledge of industry standards and regulations related to furniture design such as
safety and environmental standards
CO.6 Encouraging to creatively and innovatively to develop unique furniture design the meets the needs
of clients and users.

Content of the Course 2: Complex Furniture Systems 120 Hours

Unit 1: Evolution of Furniture 15 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Introduction of furniture from Ancient to Present: Various stylistic
transformations. Furniture designers and movements. Analysis of
furniture in terms of human values, social conditions, technology and
design criteria
Unit 2 : Functional and Formal Design 60 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Study and evaluation of popular dictums such as “Form follows
function”, “Form and function are one” Study the given reference and
understand the anatomy, Planning and blocking
Chapter 2. Human factors, engineering and ergonomic considerations: principles of
universal design and their application in furniture design
Chapter 3. An introduction of various manufacturing processes most frequently

Design Page | 73
 adopted in furniture design such as Injection Moulding, investment
casting, sheet metal work, die casting, blow- moulding, vacuum -
forming etc.
Chapter 4. Design with wood, metal and combination of materials. Drawings,
details and prototype making. Market survey of available products and
economics of products.
Unit 3 : Storage System 15 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Functional analysis of storage systems and thereby deriving types of
cabinets needed for interior spaces – kitchen cabinets, wardrobes,
closets, book cases, show cases , display systems etc.
Unit 4 : Modular Approach To Furniture Design 30 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Various materials, combination of materials and its application – design
parameters, ergonomics etc.
Chapter 2. Drawings and prototype. Survey of several modular systems available for
different functions in the market
Chapter 3. Exploration of wood, metal, glass, plastics, FRP as materials for system
design. Cost criteria of furniture design

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-
15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Identifying the client and
end-user needs, as well as
relevant cultural elements, to
X X
support the development of a
design solution - Form follows
function
CO2. Understanding of
furniture design principles such
X X
as ergonomics, aesthetics, and
functionality
CO3. Applying Knowledge of
design software and tools to
create details designs, technical X X
drawings and 3D models of
furniture design
CO4.Analyzing the different
materials, manufacturing
techniques, construction
X X
methods and new technology
like 3d printers, CNC cutters
and Modular Furniture.
CO5. Considering knowledge of
industry standards and
regulations related to furniture X X
design such as safety and
environmental standards.

Design Page | 74
CO6. Encouraging to creatively
and innovatively to develop
unique furniture design the X X
meets the needs of clients and
users.
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 10
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 20
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Joseph Aronson, The Encyclopedia of Furniture: Third Edition ,1961
2 Bradley Quinn, Mid-Century Modern: Interiors, Furniture, Design Details, Conran Octopus
Interiors, 2006
3 Jim Postell, Furniture Design, Wiley publishers, 2007
4 Edward Lucie-Smith , Furniture: A Concise History (World of Art) , Thames and Hudson,
1985
5 Robbie. G. Blakemore, History of Interior Design and Furniture: From Ancient Egypt to
Nineteenth-Century Europe, Wiley publishers, 2005
6 John.F. Pile, Interior Design, 2nd edition, illustrated, H.N.Abrams, 1995 Teaching Pedagogy:
Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects

Teaching Pedagogy
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, seminar, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
writing, Team activities, Industry Visits etc: 10
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 75
Program Name BVA in Design program core Interior &
Spatial Design
Course Title Landscape Design Semester Sixth
Course Code DSC 21 No of Credits 4
Contact hours 120 Hrs Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Interior Design Studio II

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Remember and Identify the elements of Landscape

CO2: Develop the skill of using and integrating landscape elements and plants to transform different
spaces through interior landscaping.
CO3: Visualize the ideation and concepts of Landscape Design and Execute

Content of the Course 3: Landscape Design 120 Hours

Unit 1: Introduction of Estimation 40 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Introduction to landscape architecture and role of landscaping design in
the built environment. Types of natural elements – stones, rocks,
pebbles, water forms, plants and vegetation.
Chapter 2: Introduction to study of plants in relation to landscape design and
interiors. Types of indoor plants.
Chapter 3: Growing medium, pests & diseases. Botanical nomenclature, anatomy
and physiology of plant growth. Indoor plants in Indian context. Market
survey and costs.

Unit 2 : 40 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Design with plants – Basic principles of designs.
Chapter 2. The physical attribute of plants and relation to design. Appearance,
functional and visual effects of plants in landscape design and built
environment.
Chapter 3. Selection and management of plant material in relation to the built
environment.
Chapter 4. Design concepts related to use of sculpture, lightings, garden furniture,
architectural feature and grouping them into meaningful compositions

Design Page | 76
 for visual and functional effects.

Unit 3 : 40 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Landscaping design parameters for various types of built forms- indoor
and outdoor linkage to spaces. Landscaping of courtyards- residential and
commercial forms. Indoor plants and their visual characteristicscolour,
texture, foliage.
Chapter 2. Science of maintaining and growing greenery. Flowers- its colours,
texture and its visual perception in various indoor spaces and science of
floral arrangement. Automatic irrigation costing and installation of micro
irrigation systems
Chapter 3. Concept of bonsai and relation between hardscape-landscape as a whole
and its importance and enhancement in a given space
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-
15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1: Remember and Identify X
the elements of Landscape
CO2: Develop the skill of using
and integrating landscape
elements and plants to transform X X
different spaces through interior
landscaping.
CO3: Visualize the ideation and
concepts of Landscape Design X X
and Execute
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 20
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
Activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 20
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Carol Simpson, Estimating for Interior Designers, Watson Guptill, Rev. Sub edition, 2001.
2 Carol E Farren, Planning and Managing Interior projects, Robert Snow Means Company, 2000
3 BarboriBalboni, Interior Cost Data, R.S. Means Company, 2001
4 Harold Kerzner, Project Management : A systems approach to planning, scheduling and
controlling, 2006
Teaching Pedagogy

Design Page | 77
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, seminar, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
writing, Team activities, Industry Visits etc: 10
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 78
Program Name BVA in Design program core Interior &
Spatial Design
Course Title Estimation and Project Semester Sixth
Management - Theory
Course Code DSC 22 No of Credits 3
Contact hours 60 Hrs Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):
Interior Design Studio II, Complex Furniture Systems
Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO 1. Understanding the purpose& procedure for estimating.

CO 2. Applying various methods involved in the preparation of interior design estimate
CO 3. Evaluate the cost of material , specification & value engineering
CO 4. Apply methods to prepare the Estimate for interior project.
CO 5. Understanding to specification & procedure in breaking down into specifications.
CO 6. Explored to take Measurements and records billing & certificate of payments

Content of the Course 2: Estimation and Project Management 60 Hours

Unit 1: Introduction of Estimation 20 Hrs.
Chapter 1. Understanding Estimation and Project Management, Introduction to
estimation, benefits, types of square footage, parameter, items - wise,
take - offs. Factors
Chapter 2. Estimating interior items manually and through spreadsheet programs.
Specification writing, order writing, scheduling etc
Chapter 3. Types of measurements, modes of measurements: methods of taking out
quantities, preparation of schedule or bill of quantities
Unit 2 : Introduction of Project Management 20 Hrs.
Chapter 5. Introduction to project management – Definition and meaning,
Importance, Reasons or shortfall in its performance, scientific
management, life cycle of project
Chapter 6. Planning and control, Human aspects, Development of project network.

Design Page | 79
 Critical path, PERT and CPM. Project organization. Contracting,
Procurement and Recruitment budget and fund flow statement.
Stabilization and finish.
Chapter 7. Project management strategies: Tools and techniques for project
management. Classical persuasive and non-persuasive strategies and
techniques. New techniques of management by objectives .Integrated
reporting system, flow diagrams, bar charts, milestone charts, CPM and
PERT
Chapter 8. Techniques of monitoring the development of work – standard oriented
costs control, turnkey system, vertical production method, inventory
cost control techniques and unified status, index techniques.
Unit 3 : Introduction of Rate Analysis and SI Units. 20 Hrs.
Chapter 4. Rate analysis of various items of work: preparation of various items of
work in the interior works
Chapter 5. SI measurements system, SI nomenclature methods. Dimensional and
modular coordination, modules and modes of measurements practiced by
various agencies. Specification types, specification contents, standards
developed by trade and industry, government agencies.
Chapter 6. Students are expected to submit a BOQ of any one
element/furniture/space from their Studio Project

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-
15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Understanding the X
purpose& procedure for X X X
estimating
CO2. Applying various methods
involved in the preparation of X X X
interior design estimate
CO3. Evaluate the cost of X X
material , specification & value X
engineering
CO4. Apply methods to prepare X X X
the Estimate for interior project.
CO5. Understanding to
specification & procedure in X
breaking down into
specifications
CO6. Explored to take X
Measurements and records X X
billing & certificate of payments
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks

Design Page | 80
Theory / Practical Assignments 10
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
Activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 20
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Carol Simpson, Estimating for Interior Designers, Watson Guptill, Rev. Sub edition, 2001.
2 Carol E Farren, Planning and Managing Interior projects, Robert Snow Means Company, 2000
3 BarboriBalboni, Interior Cost Data, R.S. Means Company, 2001
4 Harold Kerzner, Project Management : A systems approach to planning, scheduling and
controlling, 2006

Teaching Pedagogy
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, seminar, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
writing, Team activities, Industry Visits etc: 10
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 81
 SYLLABUS FOR BVA

PRODUCT DESIGN

FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER

Design Page | 82
 BVA-PRODUCT DESIGN -Semester 5

Subjec Title of the Paper Instru Duratio Marks Credit

t Code ctionhr n of s
s /week Exam
(hrs)
I Exa Tota
A m l
DSC Design Ethnography 8 Display/ 75 75 150 5
15 Jury
&Viva
DSC Human Factors, Ergonomics 6 Display/ 50 50 100 4
16 and Interface Jury
&Viva
DSC Product Digital Rendering I 6 Display/ 50 50 100 4
17 Jury
&Viva
DSC1 History of Industrial Design 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
8 (Theory)
DSE 1 DSE1.1.Photography(Practic 6 Display 50 50 100 3
al) /Jury
DSE1.2. Camera and Film &Viva
editing (Practical)
DSE1.3. Revitalization of
Arts & Crafts (Practical)
Vocational Course 1 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
VOC1
Cyber Security / Internship 4 50 - 50 2
SEC 4
38 700 24

Design Page | 83
Name of the Degree Program: BVA
Discipline Core: Product Design
Total Credits for the Program: 190
Starting year of implementation: 2021-22
Program Outcomes:
By the end of the program the students will be able to;
PO.1. Students will be able to remember, explain and apply the Design Principles in their Design
activities.
PO.2. Students will be able to apply the Drawing rendering and artistic skills to Visualize the
concepts, ideas and experiences.
PO.3. Students will be capable of interpreting the Design evolution explain and contextualize to their
time.
PO.4. Students will be capable of identifying the Design problem from their surroundings and analyse
them.
PO.5. At the end of the Program students will be capable of analyzing the problems and able to
differentiate them based on their nature.
PO.6. Students will be capable of applying the user research methodology to their Design Projects
PO.7. At the end of the program students will be able to formulate their Design ideas and organize
them.
PO.8. At the end of the Program, students will be capable of presenting their Design Projects using
Digital Visualization skills by applying various software and techniques.
PO.9. Students will be able to plan design strategies for their Design Projects and execute.
PO.10. Students will be capable of using design language and articulation in their Design Thesis.
PO.11. Students will be able to research various topics and capable of writing and publishing.
PO.12. Students can execute their Design Projects and will be able to apply for patents
PO.13. At the end of the Program Students are can execute their Graduation Project independently by
applying the skills and knowledge acquired from the Program.
PO.14. At the end of the Program, students are capable of working in the industry environment as
Interns or Designers.
PO.15. Students on completion of the Program will be able to work as independent free-lancing
Designers and Consultants.

Design Page | 84
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Product Design
Course Title Design Ethnography ( Practical) Semester Fifth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA15 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

Course Pre-requisite(s):
1. Design Thinking, Design Process, Design Research, Manual and Digital Drafting,
Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1.After completing this course students are capable of identifying the needs of the niche areas of
the community or Individuals, and undertake Design Research.

CO.2Students can Find solutions through Design intervention to the community or an individual.

CO.3 Students can evolve an idea for a product/system/service at the end of the design research.

Content of the Course 1: Design Ethnography 150 hrs

Unit 1: 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Product ideas – To identify the community, user with specific needs in the
niche areas use Imagination, ideate and explore People needs
Chapter 2: The Product Brief – Defining the needs, Market trends
Chapter 3: To identify the problems of the selected objects/systems/environments.
Analysis of samples of good and bad design for sensitization to Design
quality/processes.
Unit 2 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Moderate exercises in design creation/recreation through mock
ups/montages/paste boards using primary materials such as paper, board, wood etc.
Chapter 2: Course introduces various methods for generating useful research insight
for design. Explores further in the key tools and methods needed to undertake
interview and observation based fieldwork, and introduces the challenges of,
Understanding what client or company needs to know.
Chapter 3: Turning field data - The Course will allow to explore the design lifecycle
and the latest methods for design innovation through hands-on projects. Into
actionable insights and information.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Design Page | 85
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1.After completing this course X
students can identify the needs of
the niche areas of the community
or Individuals, and undertake
Design Research
CO.2Students can Find solutions X
through Design intervention to
the community or an individual
CO.3 Students can evolve an idea X
for a product/system/service at
the end of the design research
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:
1 Product Design and Development by Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger McGraw-Hill
1995, 2000, 2004
2 Product Design: A Practical Guide to Systematic Methods of New Product Development by
Mike Baxter
3 The Art of Innovation - Lessons in Creativity from IDEO, America's Leading Design Firm
by Tom Kelley
4 Designing and Conducting Ethnographic Research by Margaret Diane LeCompteRowman
Altamira, 1999
5 Initiating Ethnographic Research by Stephen L. Schensul,Jean

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 86
Program Name BVA in Design Program core PRODUCT DESIGN
Course Title Human Factors, Ergonomics and Semester Fifth Semester
Interface ( Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA16 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Human Anatomy study, Drawing, Design Fundamental, Form study

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1.After completing the Course students will be able to analyze the Anthropometrical,
Physiological, Psycho-social considerations in Ergonomics.

CO.2 Students will be able to process the information collected from their Research

CO.3. Students are capable of develop the Design to suit the Human performance and do the usability
evaluation.

Content of the Course 2: Human Factors, Ergonomics and Interface ( Practical) 120 hrs
Unit 1: 60 hrs

Chapter 1: Definition of Ergonomics / Human Factors.

Chapter 2: Human capabilities and limitations in terms of engineering.

Chapter 3: Anthropometrical, Physiological, Psycho-social considerations in

Ergonomics

Unit 2 60 hrs
Chapter 1: Behavior, information processing and perception; Ergonomics design
methodology;

Chapter 2: Occupational safety and stress at workplace; Workstation design; Furniture

and Environment factors affecting

Design Page | 87
Chapter 3: Human performance; Design development and usabilityevaluation.
•Theory input follows relevant demonstrations andassignments.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1.After completing the Course X
students will be able to analyze
the Anthropometrical,
Physiological, Psycho-social
considerations in Ergonomics.

CO.2 Students will be able to X

process the information collected
from their Research

CO.3. Students are capable of X

develop the Design to suit the
Human performance and do the
usability evaluation.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 i. Design for Success: A Human-Centered Approach to Designing Successful Products and

Systems by William B. Rouse Publisher: Wiley-Interscience; 1 edition (January 8, 1991
2 The Right Fit: The Power of Ergonomics As a Competitive Strategy by Clifford M. Gross
Publisher: Productivity Press Inc, 1996

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/

Design Page | 88
 Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 89
Program Name BVA in Design Program core PRODUCT DESIGN
Course Title Product Digital Rendering Semester Fifth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA17 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Digital Design, Drawing , Form studies

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. After completing this Course students will be able to recall, identify and apply Design elements
in building the concepts.
CO 2. Students will be able to build 3dimensional models and presentation visuals for the design
project
CO 3. Students are capable of rendering the models and they also able to create proper mechanical
action to a particular part or applying kinematics to the product model and analyse how it works in
real life.

Content of the Course 3: Product Digital Rendering (Practical) 120 hrs

Unit 1: 60 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction with Interface, Navigation, commands, viewport etc. Line and
curves, background line, curve modification, transform line to curve and freeform
surface

Chapter 2: Ways to construct solid model, Offset, blend, extrude, trim, extract 2D
from 3D models, rendering

Chapter 3: Customize into different layers, line types, line weight etc accurate
drawings, advanced selections and shortcuts. Advance tool for drawing 3D geometry,
accurate and sectional perspective, bend, twist, find or create duplicate etc.

Integrating Raster images with solid models;

Unit 2 60 hrs

Design Page | 90
Chapter 1: Presenting the conceptual design; visual styles

Chapter 2: Exporting and distributing conceptual designs

Chapter 3: Applying all the learned skills in Design Project

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO 1. After completing this X
Course students will be able to
recall, identify and apply Design
elements in building the concepts.

CO 2. Students will be able to X

build 3dimensional models and
presentation visuals for the
design project USING Digital
tools and platforms

CO 3. Students are capable of X

rendering the models and they
also able to create proper
mechanical action to a particular
part or applying kinematics to the
product model and analyse how
it works in real life.

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 20
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 20
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 00
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Beginner's Guide to SOLIDWORKS 2018 - Level I by Alejandro Reyes ii. Mastering

SolidWorks by Matt Lombard
2 Beginner's Guide to SOLIDWORKS 2018 - Level I by Alejandro Reyes ii. Mastering
SolidWorks by Matt Lombard
3 Solidworks Simulation 2018: A Power Guide for Beginners and Intermediate Users by

Design Page | 91
 ADArtifex, John Willis, and Sandeep Dogra

4 CATIA Core Tools: Computer Aided Three-Dimensional Interactive Application by Michel

Michaud
5 Catia V5-6r2015 for Designers by Prof Sham Tickoo Purdue Univ

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, Presentation, Demonstration, Practice in digital medium using

Computer Lab
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 92
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Product Design
Course Title History of Industrial Design Semester Fifth Semester
(Theory)
Course Code DSC-VA18 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Design Language 1& 2

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. After completing this Course students will be able to memorize, recall and identify the
important developments in the History of Industrial Design
CO 2. Students will be able to differentiate, analyse the information from the history to help in their
Design studio practice.
CO 3 Students will be able to express, present their views and write on Design History.

Content of the Course 4: History of Industrial Design (Theory) 60 hrs

Unit 1: 30 hrs

Chapter 1: Defining the landscape: How do you define Industrial Design?

Chapter 2: centuries of innovation that predate profession, and the smarts in

evidence.

Chapter 3: What did the world of craft-based, make-what- people-need production,

royal patronage/guild systems, and agricultural economy look like.
Unit 2 30 hrs

Chapter 1: Innovations in different parts of the world. Highlights of arts and crafts
movements
Chapter 2: Bauhaus and the New Academic thinking

Chapter 3: Post-War confidence in design, business, and lifestyle and influence on

corporate growth.

Design Page | 93
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO 1. After completing this X
Course students will be able to
recall, identify and apply Design
elements in building the concepts.

CO 2. Students will be able to X

build 3dimensional models and
presentation visuals for the
design project USING Digital
tools and platforms

CO 3. Students are capable of X

rendering the models and they
also able to create proper
mechanical action to a particular
part or applying kinematics to the
product model and analyse how
it works in real life.

Pedagogy: Lecture Presentations , discussions, Reading and writing activities

Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 20
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 05
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 05
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Beginner's Guide to SOLIDWORKS 2018 - Level I by Alejandro Reyes ii. Mastering

SolidWorks by Matt Lombard
2 Beginner's Guide to SOLIDWORKS 2018 - Level I by Alejandro Reyes ii. Mastering
SolidWorks by Matt Lombard
3 Solidworks Simulation 2018: A Power Guide for Beginners and Intermediate Users by
ADArtifex, John Willis, and Sandeep Dogra
4 CATIA Core Tools: Computer Aided Three-Dimensional Interactive Application by Michel
Michaud
5 Catia V5-6r2015 for Designers by Prof Sham Tickoo Purdue Univ

Design Page | 94
Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 95
 BVA-PRODUCT DESIGN -Semester 6
Subject Title of the Paper Instruc Duration Marks Credits
Code tionhrs of Exam
/week (hrs)
IA Exam Total

DSC Digital Skills and 8 Display/ 75 75 150 5

19 Fabrication Jury
(Practical) &Viva
DSC Introduction to UI 6 Display/ 50 50 100 4
20 design (Practical) Jury
&Viva
DSC Product: Furniture 6 Display/ 50 50 100 4
21 design(Practical) Jury
&Viva
DSC Theory of Design I 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
22 (Theory)
DSE 2 DSE 2.1. Motion 6 Display 50 50 100 3
Graphics (Practical) /Jury
DSE2.2 Digital &Viva
Illustration
Technique(Practical)
DSE 2.3. Game
Design(Practical)
Vocational 2 4 2 ½ hrs 40 60 100 3
VOC2
SEC-4: Relevant 4 40 60 100 2
SEC 4 SEC (2) (1+0+2)/
Internship (2)

38 700 24

Design Page | 96
Program Name BVA in Design Program core PRODUCT DESIGN
Course Title Digital Skills and Fabrication Semester Sixth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA19 No of Credits 05
Contact hours 150 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 75 Summative 75
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 150

PREREUISITES:
1. Digital Product Rendering
2. Models and Mock-up
3. Materials knowledge

Content of the Course 1: Digital Skills and Fabrication (Practical) 150 hrs
Unit 1: 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Introduction to the advancement in the Artificial intelligence, the computer
design for manufacturability.

Chapter 2: Sustainability: Designing physical objects, the built environment, and

services to comply with the principles of ecological sustainability.
Chapter 3: 3D Printing: 3D-printed tools, jigs, and fixtures for the production of
finished goods. Automotive designs, rapid prototype printing and aerospace and
defense parts printing will be the largest manufacturing segments.

Unit 2 75 hrs
Chapter 1: Elements of conceptual design.
Introduction to Complex User research and Exploration of a Design project

Chapter 2: Interpreting and applying the knowledge acquired from Ergonomics and
Human factors while developing the Design Project

Chapter 3: To work in collaboration with external experts including Technical and

executing the Project to learn and experience the fabrication methods and technology
in use.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Design Page | 97
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. In this Course students will X
be will be able to apply their
research knowledge in more
Coherent areas of Design such as
User Design interface.
CO. 2 Students will be able to X
apply the knowledge in Human
factors, Ergonomics in their
design development learnt from
previous semester.
CO.3 Students will be able to X
display independence and
confidence in exploring the
options to work with external
resource people.

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 25
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 30
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 75
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 INDIAN ANTHROPOMETRIC DIMENSIONS FOR ERGONOMIC DESIGN PRACTICE

By DebkumarChakrabarti
2 Human Work Interaction Design: Usability in Social, Cultural and Organizational Contexts...
edited by Dinesh Katre, RikkeOrngreen, Pradeep Yammiyavar, TorkilClemmensen
3 The Art of Innovation - Lessons in Creativity from IDEO, America's Leading Design Firm
by Tom Kelley
4 Design for Success: A Human-Centered Approach to Designing Successful Products and
Systems by William B. Rouse Publisher: Wiley-Interscience;
5 The Right Fit: The Power of Ergonomics As a Competitive Strategy by Clifford M. Gross
Publisher: Productivity Press Inc, 1996

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :

Design Page | 98
 projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 99
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Product Design
Course Title Introduction to UI design (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA20 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):
Product: Design Fundamentals, Design Thinking

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. Remember and Identify the evolution of User Interface and Experience from the Historical
perspectives and Interpret.

CO.2 Arrange , Organize the Information collected and create Information Architecture for good UX

CO.3. Work with lean UX and apply the knowledge in the Design process and the Environment of
UX

Content of the Course 2: Introduction to UI design (Practical) 120 hrs

Unit 1: 60 hrs

Chapter 1. Fundamentals of UX/UI which includes the introduction to literature

around the subject, Basic UX research methods, information architecture and lean
UX.

Chapter 2: Introduction to UX/UI: Introduction to the History, present and future of

UX.

Chapter 3: Introduction to UX research methods: A quick hands on practice of UX

research methods.

Unit 2 60 hrs
Chapter 1 Introduction to information architecture and its importance: Understanding

Design Page | 100

Information and architecting it is very important to create a good experience in UX.

Chapter 2: Introduction to Lean UX: An introduction to lean UX will help students to

understand the working process and the environment of UX

Chapter 3: Making report: Students are required to create a report

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Remember and Identify the X
evolution of User Interface and
Experience from the Historical
perspectives and Interpret.

CO.2 Arrange , Organize the X

Information collected and create
Information Architecture for
good UX

CO.3. Work with lean UX and X

apply the knowledge in the
Design process and the
Environment of UX

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Design for everyday things by Don Norman

2 Don’t make me think, Steve Krug

Design Page | 101

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 20 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 10 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 102

Program Name BVA in Design Program core PRODUCT DESIGN
Course Title Product: Furniture Semester Sixth Semester
design(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA21 No of Credits 04
Contact hours 120 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):
Product: Introduction to UI design (Practical), Digital Skills and Fabrication

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1. Design for mass production of furniture for various classes of people with the parameters of
economy and culture.
CO.2 Identify and modular aspect of furniture / product design and implement the multi-functional
criteria of the current economic requirement
CO.3. Execute the Design Projects involving Furniture Design as a component

Content of the Course 3: Product: Furniture design(Practical) 120 hrs

Unit 1: 40 hrs

Chapter 1. Brief overview of the evolution of furniture from Ancient to present:

Various stylistic transformations.

Chapter 2: Furniture designers and movements. Analysis of furniture in terms of

human values, social conditions, technology and design criteria.

Chapter 3: Functional and formal issues in furniture design: study and evaluation of
popular dictums such as “Form follows function”, “Form and function are one”

Unit 2 40 hrs
Chapter 1. Human factors, engineering and ergonomic considerations: principles of
universal design and their application in furniture design

Chapter 2: An introduction of various manufacturing processes most frequently

Design Page | 103

adopted in furniture design such as Injection Molding, investment casting, sheet metal
work, die casting, blow- molding, vacuum - forming etc.

Chapter 3: Design with wood, metal and combination of materials. Drawings, details
and prototype making. Market survey of available products and economics of
products

Unit 3 40 hrs
Chapter 1 Storage systems: Functional analysis of storage systems and thereby
deriving types of cabinets needed for interior spaces – kitchen cabinets, wardrobes
closets, book cases, show cases , display systems etc.

Chapter 2 Modular approach to furniture design – various materials, combination of

materials and its application – design parameters, ergonomics etc. Drawings and
prototype

Chapter 3 . Survey of several modular systems available for different functions in the
market. Exploration of wood, metal, glass, plastics, FRP as materials for system
design. Cost criteria of furniture design.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)
Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1. Design for mass production X
of furniture for various classes of
people with the parameters of
economy and culture.

CO.2 Identify the modular aspect X

of furniture / product design and
implement the multi-functional
criteria of the current economic
requirement

CO.3. Execute the Design X

Projects involving Furniture
Design as a component

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10

Design Page | 104

Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Joseph Aronson, The Encyclopedia of Furniture: Third Edition , 1961

2 • Bradley Quinn, Mid-Century Modern: Interiors, Furniture, Design Details, Conran Octopus
Interiors, 2006.
3 • Edward Lucie-Smith , Furniture: A Concise History (World of Art) , Thames and Hudson,
1985
4 • Robbie. G. Blakemore, History of Interior Design and Furniture: From Ancient Egypt to
Nineteenth-Century Europe, Wiley publishers, 2005.
5 •John.F. Pile, Interior Design, 2nd edition, illustrated, H.N.Abrams, 1995

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks

Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 20 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 10 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 105

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Product Design
Course Title Theory of Design I (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA22 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 60 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 40 Summative 60
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Human Factors, Ergonomics and Interface,

History of Industrial Design
Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO 1. Remember, Identify, classify and differentiate the information of the Design studied
CO 2. Experiment with Design process, by analyzing the design behavior
CO 3 establish personal, reflective, and intellectual position in relation to Design as a process of
Inquiry, thought and Action.

Content of the Course 4: Theory of Design I (Theory) 60 hrs

Unit 1: 20 hrs

Chapter 1: Introduction to different theories of Design : Gestalt Theory /Maslow

Hierarchy / Altman / Sommer / Hall / Kinzel

Chapter 2: Maslow‘s Hierarchy

Chapter 3: Ergonomics and Human Factors Engineering

Unit 2 20 hrs

Chapter 1: Design as a tradition (design, art, and science)

Chapter 2 Theory of Thing

Chapter 3 Design Research and Design Practice

Design Page | 106

Unit 3 20 hrs

Chapter 1 Environmental Psychology - Areas of Research in Environmental

Psychology – Personal space / Crowded space – Design and other Social factors

Chapter 2 Design and Cultural factors

Chapter 3 Design in Indian context

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes
(POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes (POs)

Program Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO 1. Remember, Identify, X
classify and differentiate the
information of the Design studied
CO 2. Experiment with Design X
process, by analyzing the design
behavior
CO 3 establish personal, X
reflective, and intellectual
position in relation to Design as a
process of Inquiry, thought and
Action.

Pedagogy: Lecture Presentations , discussions, Reading and writing activities

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 20
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 05
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 05
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 40
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books:

1 Buchanan, R. (1992). Wicked Problems in Design Thinking. In Design Issues, Vol. 8, No.
2. (Spring, 1992), pp. 5-21.
2 Cross, N. (2001). Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline versus Design
Science

3 Cross, Nigel. Design Thinking: Understanding How Designers Think and Work.
Oxford/New York: Berg, 2011, 3-30
4 Julier, Guy. The Culture of Design. London: Sage Publications, 2000, 1-64

Design Page | 107

Formative Assessment Weightage of Marks for Weightage of Marks
Practical Courses for Theory Courses
Assessment Occasion/ type Internal Assessment/ Internal Assessment/
Test/Viva Test/Viva
Practical Assignments Submission: 20 Test : 20
Design Projects Independent / group Writing Assignments :
projects: 10 10
Design related activities like, Quiz, 20 Seminar/projects/ Viva
seminar, writing, Team activities, Industry etc: 10
Visits
Overall 50 40

Design Page | 108

 DISCIPLINE CORE ELECTIVES (DSC VAE -1)
Elective Courses for Semester 5
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art /
Graphics & Communication
Design/Interior & Spatial
Design / Product Design/
Course Title Photography (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA E1 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment
Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Basic Knowledge about the Camera, Individual DSLR camera
for practical

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 6. Remember and recall the important events of the history of Photography
CO 7. Able to identify and operate the technical aspects of Camera and the
photography
CO 8. Create concepts, ideas and explore the Photography as a medium of
Expression
Content of the Course: Photography (Practical) 90
Hours
UNIT 1 : 20 hrs.
Chapter 1 Introduction to Photography – History and evolution. To discuss some of the
best photographers and their works
Chapter 2. Characteristics of light , Spectrum, ColorTemprature. Camera - structure and
function of camera
Chapter 3 Exposure – focusing, aperture, shutter speed. Depth of field

UNIT 2 : 20 hrs.

Design Page | 109

Chapter 1 Types of cameras ,Lenses and their function ,Types of lenses and their use
Chapter 2. Characteristics of lens, lens speed, covering power and other features.
Chapter 3 Lighting techniques ,Kinds or lights indoor and outdoor - Electronic flash and
artificial lights, Light meters, Different kinds or lilt 'I' lor B& \V and colour
photography.
UNIT 3 : 50 hrs.
Chapter 1 Types of Films and film speeds,Photography Paper - developing and printing.
Accessories used in photography
Chapter 2. Digital photography, optical system, power system, memory storage,
resolution;
Chapter 3 Understanding exposure and controls, Flash and lighting. Transferring images
to PC file formats, managing digital pictures. To create a port folio on different themes
using the above knowledge
Chapter 4 To understand the basic principles of Art photography, Commercial
photography, journal photography and exercise
Note: Students have to complete a Photography Project under the supervision of the
faculty and submit the project outcome for the assessment

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects based on the Photography

Book References:

1 The Photographer's Eye: Composition and Design for better photography... by Michael
Freeman

Design Page | 110

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art /
Graphics & Communication
Design/Interior & Spatial
Design / Product Design/
Course Title Video Editing (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA E2 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment
Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Basic Knowledge about the Computer and Film appreciation

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Remember and recall the important events of the history of Video
Editing
CO 2. Able to use the Editing tools effectively to any editing project
CO 3. Able to edit confidently by using the Visual aesthetics and sense of Film
appreciation
Content of the Course: Video Editing (Practical) 90
Hours
UNIT 1 : 20 hrs.
Chapter 1 Introduction to Videography – To discuss about the History and evolution of
Editing Technology. To screen and discuss about some of the best earliest editing
footages works
Chapter 2. Film Appreciation. Role of Editing in the best ever films. Watching Films for
editing perspective
Chapter 3 To discuss on Linear and non linear editing styles with suitable examples

UNIT 2 : 20 hrs.

Chapter 1 Concepts of Continuity, Pace and Rhythm, Computer Technology.

Chapter 2. Various editing scenarios like movies, weddings, casual, social media, etc..
Chapter 3 Graphics and Compositing, Sound Designing, Playback, Short Film Editing, etc.
UNIT 3 : 50 hrs.

Design Page | 111

Chapter 1 Working on projects, Creating Collages and Montages , Channel Masking
techniques, Creating alpha for titling and more, Exporting graphics to video applications
Chapter 2. Introduction to various file formats from DV to Mov and HD, Story boarding
for Film Editing, Managing and organizing footages,

Chapter 3 The Detailed study of Final Cut Pro, Finishing and Outputting. Colour
correction in a video, Converting from HD to DV, Media Management
Chapter 4 Splicing and Slicing, EDL, Continuity of shots, transitions and effects, time
management, Editing for Music Video, Editing for Video Art, Intro and Title sequence
editing.
Exporting for film and various mediums, Compressions. Censorship Certificate

Note: Students have to complete a Videography Project under the supervision of the
faculty and submit the project outcome for the assessment

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects based on the Photography

Book References:

1 Video Editing and Post-Production: A Professional Guide By Gary H. Anderson

2 The Technique of Film and Video Editing: History, Theory, and Practice By Ken Dancyger

Design Page | 112

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art /
Graphics & Communication
Design/Interior & Spatial
Design / Product Design/
Course Title . Revitalization of Arts & Crafts Semester Fifth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA E3 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment
Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Basic Knowledge about the Camera, Individual DSLR camera
for practical

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Remember and interpret the history of crafts in India
CO 2. Identify and execute a Craft from the surroundings
CO 3. Document and present an Arts and Craft process
Content of the Course: Revitalization of Arts & Crafts (Practical) 90
Hours
UNIT 1 : 50 hrs.
Chapter 1 Introduction to Indian Craft – History and evolution. To discuss some of the
best craft works from the local.
Chapter 2. To introduce the Craft materials and discuss about the relation between
materials and the craft culture and the eco system . To introduce Metal crafts, wood and
Bamboo, Thread and wire crafts, Crafts in Textile mediums
Chapter 3 To introduce some of the techniques evolved in Craft sectors. To learn about
the craft specific tools and learn to use the tools
Chapter 4: Select one of the art/ craft form with the consultation of the faculty. Visit to
the craft pockets. Document people, life , culture and craft and understand the materials,
tools, technology, processes and forms. Suggest suitable changes in technology to

Design Page | 113

improve the products so as to make it acceptable in today‟s context.
40 hrs.
UNIT 2 :
Chapter 1 Introduction to Indian folk Arts, Wall paintings, painting on wood, textile
etc.
Chapter 2 Foklore Aesthetics and artefacts such as Toys, Painted objects
Chapter 3 To execute an Art Project using folk art elements and materials and techniques
under the supervision of a craftsman

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects based on the Photography

Book References:

1 Bamboo and Cane Crafts (of Northeast India) by M.P. RANJAN, NILAM IYER AND
GHANSHYAM PANDYA

2 Indian Folk and Tribal Art ByANUP KUMAR

3 Arts and Crafts of India (Arts & Crafts) by Ilay Cooper (Author), John Gillow (Author)

Design Page | 114

 DISCIPLINE CORE ELECTIVES (DSC VAE -2)
Elective Courses for Semester 6
Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art /
Graphics & Communication
Design/Interior & Spatial
Design / Product Design/
Course Title Motion Graphics Semester Sixth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA E1 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment
Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Basic Knowledge about the animation

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Remember and Explain the theory of Motion Design
CO 2. Identify the requirement and will be able to create concept and the
motion graphics
CO 3. To explore the medium and will be able to create a workflow
optimization to complete the project faster

Content of the Course: Motion Graphics (Practical) 90

Hours
UNIT 1 : 30 hrs.
Chapter 1 Motion Graphics, a History : Introduction and Definition, History, Early
example of Motion Graphics (Flipbook, Zoetrope), study various works done in Motion
Graphics without the use of CGI.
Chapter 2 Motion Graphic vs Films, Computer generated Motion Graphics, Contribution
of John Whitney and Saul Bass.
Chapter 3. Creating Motion Graphics: Music Visualization, Audio Visual Art, Abstract
films, Opening and End credit design for films,Video Art,

UNIT 2 : 30 hrs.

Design Page | 115

Chapter 1 History of Video Art, Prominent Video Artists, Video Art Today - Collage
and Cut out animation as motion graphics,
Chapter 2 – Typography, Animating text and shapes, Creating Montages, Photomontage,
Video Montage, Hybrid animation.

Chapter 32D and 3D Motion Graphics : Multimedia and Motion Graphics, Application
of Motion Graphics, Presentation, Websites, Logo Animation.

UNIT 3 : 30 hrs.
Chapter 1 -Plugins and Tools : 2D Motion Graphic , exercises using suitable software.
Default Plugins - Third Party Plugins – Workflow for creating content using other
software.
Chapter 2: -Complex Motion Design : Creating Motion Graphic using combination of
mediums, 2D & 3D, Integration of styles, Incorporation of Mediums, Creating gags, TV
commercials, Channel Ads.
Chapter 3. Students have to complete a Motion Graphic Project under the supervision
of the faculty and submit the project outcome for the assessment

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects based on the Photography

Book References:

1 Motion Design and Animation by Arun.L , i-Nurture Education Solutions Pvt Ltd.
2 Motion graphic design: applied history and aesthetics By Jon S. Krasner
3 Motion Graphics with Adobe Creative Suite 5 Studio Techniques By Richard Harrington, Ian
Robinson

Design Page | 116

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art /
Graphics & Communication
Design/Interior & Spatial
Design / Product Design/
Course Title . Digital Illustration Technique Semester Sixth Semester
(Practical)
Course Code DSC-VA E2 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment
Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Basic Knowledge about the computer, Design Principles

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Implement the advanced knowledge of the basic tools and techniques
learnt in Photoshop which was taught previous semester
CO 2. Identify the digital environment, work efficiency, back up and storage,
File formats and file transfer etc
CO 3. Create illustrations based on the fundamentals and principles of Design
Content of the Course: Digital Illustration Technique 90
(Practical) Hours
UNIT 1 : 30 hrs.
Chapter 1: introduction to the digital environment, equipment and software • computer
and application setup
Chapter2 : personalizing the workspace • work efficiency
Chapter 3 : Backup and storage • file formats and file transfe

UNIT 2 : 30 hrs.

Chapter 1: vector vs. bitmap • image research, usage, and copyright

Chapter 2 • working between applications, importing, exporting, placing
Chapter 3 color space, color mode, calibration

UNIT 3 : 30 hrs.

Design Page | 117

Chapter 1 - input issues (tablet, scanner, camera, printing issues

Chapter 2: - Experimentation and discovery, incorporating traditional imagery,

optimizing images for web use

Chapter 3. Students have to complete a Motion Graphic Project under the supervision
of the faculty and submit the project outcome for the assessment

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects based on the Photography

Book References:

1 Digital Painting Techniques, Volume 1 by Taylor & Francis, 2009

2 500 Digital Illustration Hints, Tips, and Techniques: The Easy, All-in-One Guide to Those
Inside Secrets for Better Image-Making by RotoVision SA, 2009

Design Page | 118

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art /
Graphics & Communication
Design/Interior & Spatial
Design / Product Design/
Textile Design
Course Title Game Design (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester
Course Code DSC-VA E3 No of Credits 03
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment
Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Basic Knowledge about the Camera, Individual DSLR camera
for practical

Course Outcomes (COs):

At the end of the course the student should be able to:
CO 1. Visualize ideas through drawings, story boards
CO 2. Create Game assets.
CO 3. Develop a particular style, look and feel
Content of the Course: Game Design (Practical) 90
(Practical) Hours
UNIT 1 : 30 hrs.
Chapter 1: Introduction to gaming and concepts. Meaning and definition
Chapter2 : Classification of gaming
Chapter 3 : Game production process

UNIT 2 : 30 hrs.

Chapter 1: Pre production for Gaming – Concepts and ideas

Chapter 2 Game assets design
Chapter 3 Production environment steps and planning –Implementation in 2D Flash.
UNIT 3 : 30 hrs.
Chapter 1 - Post production – Compositing and editing, sound designing
Chapter 2: - Students have to complete a Motion Graphic Project under the

Design Page | 119

supervision of the faculty and submit the project outcome for the assessment

Teaching Pedagogy: Lecture, demonstrations, Studio projects based on the Photography

Book References:

1 The Art of Game Design: A book of lenses BY Jesse Schell / CRC Press, 04-Aug-2008 ii.
Game Feel: A Game Designer's Guide to Virtual Sensation (Morgan Kaufmann Game Design
Books) by Steve Swink 2008
2 Game Feel: A Game Designer's Guide to Virtual Sensation (Morgan Kaufmann Game Design
Books) by Steve Swink
3 On the Way to Fun: An Emotion-Based Approach to Successful Game Design by Roberto
Dillon

Design Page | 120

 BVA- VOCATIONAL COURSE 1 - SEMESTER 5TH

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art/
Graphics &
Communication Design
Interior & Spatial Design/
Product Design
Course Title Vocational Course1: Visual Semester Fifth
Merchandising
Course Code VOC 1 No of Credits 3
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s): Design Fundamentals, Drawing Fundamentals

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:
CO1: Enhance store visibility by implementing attractive visual displays to support store profitability
CO2: Comply to store policies, merchandising norms and statutory regulations while executing
themes and plots
CO3. Collect and analyze data to track the visual impact of promotions and events
CO4: Maintain visual merchandising elements in the store as per brand and store guidelines
CO5: Update self on industry trends and best practices through continuous learning and innovation
CO6 : Liaise effectively with internal and external stakeholders to effectively implement visual
merchandising plans

Content of the Course 1: Vocational Course1: Visual Merchandising 90hrs

Unit 1: Store Environment (9T+3P) 30 hrs
Chapter 1:
Store Imagery, brands and image, overview of display.
Chapter 2: Elements of composing store environment, Space Mix, Area Mix,
Merchandise
Chapter 3: The merchandise types, Circulation, free flow, grid, race track .

Unit 2 : Introduction to Visual Merchandising 30 hrs

Chapter 1:
History of Visual Merchandising and Linkage between various cultures and its

Design Page | 121

impact on merchandising
Chapter 2: Definition of Visual Merchandising, AIDCS (All I Do Can Sell),
Visual merchandising practice in the retail. Window Displays Basics, Prop. ,
Chapter 3: Types of Displays Areas . Merchandise Presentation, Objectives of
merchandise presentation. Merchandise presentation types, Visual
Communication

Unit 3 : Visual Merchandising Operations 30 hrs

Chapter 1:
Customer values and needs. Visual Design ,Visual Appeal, Props and
equipment.

Chapter 2: Potential places for product display, Updating Stock records. Basics
of Corel Draw, basic drawing tools, design tuts. Retail Branding in the new
digital age.

Chapter 3: How to define your Brand, and design a store environment that
becomes a Brand Experience. Space plan a store that is efficient, engaging, and
easy to shop. Select display fixtures. Signage and Graphics program. Window
Displays that are dramatic, powerful, and engaging, efficient lighting program,
Colour and Materials selections, design a logo, mark, and tagline that are
memorable.
Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Reference Books
1 UNDERSTANDING INDIAN CONSUMERS, 1ST EDITION Paperback – 1 December
2017by Oxford University Press (Author), DurairajMaheswaran (Editor), Thomas
Puliyel (Editor)
2
VISUAL MERCHANDISING THIRD EDITION Paperback – 2 February 2016by Tony

Morgan (Author)
3 Visual Merchandising and Display
- with STUDIO
Martin M. Pegler (Author), Anne Kong (Author)

Design Page | 122

 BVA - VOCATIONAL COURSE 2 - SEMESTER 6TH

Program Name BVA in Design Program core Animation & Game Art/
Graphics &
Communication Design
Interior & Spatial Design/
Product Design
Course Title Vocational Course 2: Retail Semester Sixth
Design
Course Code VOC 2 No of Credits 3
Contact hours 90 Duration of Jury & Viva
SEA/Exam
Formative Assessment 50 Summative 50
Marks Assessment Marks
Total Marks 100

Course Pre-requisite(s):

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
to:

CO1: Understand the principles and practices of retail management (Knowledge).

CO2: Analyze consumer behavior and use that analysis to develop effective marketing strategies
(Comprehension and Analysis).
CO3: Classify and recognize supply chain management and its role in retail (Comprehension).
CO4: Effectively manage merchandise, brands, sales, and marketing (Application).
CO5: Evaluate retail management information systems and customer relationship management
(Analysis).
CO6: Synthesize advertising and public relations strategies for retail (Synthesis).
Content of the Course 1: Vocational Course 2: Retail Design 90hrs
Unit 1: Principles of Management
Chapter 1: Introduction to Management Principles. Functions of Management. 30 hrs..
Planning and Decision Making. Organizing and Staffing. Directing and Controlling

Chapter 2: Consumer Behavior: Understanding Consumer Behavior. Factors

Influencing Consumer. Consumer Decision Making Process Behavior. Impact of
Culture and Social Class on Consumer Behavior. Impact of Culture and Social Class
on Consumer Behavior. Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty

Chapter 3: Services Marketing: Introduction to Services Marketing. Introduction to

Design Page | 123

Services Marketing. Unique Characteristics of Services Marketing. Services Marketing
Mix. Service Quality and Customer Satisfaction.

Unit 2 : 30 hrs.
Chapter 1: Concepts in Supply Chain Management : Introduction to Supply Chain
Management. Supply Chain Design and Planning. Procurement and Sourcing
Strategies. Inventory Management and Control. Logistics and Distribution
Management

Chapter 2: Merchandise Management: Introduction to Merchandise Management.

Merchandise Planning and Forecasting. Assortment Planning and Product Selection.
Pricing and Markdown Strategies. Inventory Management Techniques.
Chapter 3: Brand Management : Introduction to Brand Management . Building and
Managing Strong Brands. Brand Positioning and Differentiation. Brand Equity and
Extensions. Measuring and Managing Brand Performance

Unit 4: 30 hrs.

Chapter 1: Sales Management: Introduction to Sales Management. Sales Planning and

Forecasting. Sales Territory Management and Quotas. Sales Force Management and
Motivation. Sales Performance Evaluation and Control

Chapter 2: Marketing Management: Introduction to Marketing Management.

Marketing Mix Elements. Marketing Planning and Strategy. Marketing Research and
Analysis. Product Life Cycle Management

Chapter 3: Customer Relationship Management, Advertising, and Public

Relations: Introduction to Customer Relationship Management (CRM).CRM
Strategies and Tools.
Advertising and Promotion Planning. Public Relations and Corporate Social
Responsibility.Crisis Management and Reputation Management

Pedagogy: Design Studio, Case studies, Research, Presentations and Project Lecture, discussions,
field research activities
Formative Assessment for Practical
Assessment Occasion/ type Marks
Theory / Practical Assignments 15
Design Project: Research, ideation Design Process, Visualization and 15
Presentation
Outdoor studies, Field Visits, Documentation 10
activities like, Design related Quiz, seminar, writing, Team activities, 10
Assignments on Writing on Design
Total Marks 50
Formative Assessments are compulsory

Design Page | 124

 Reference Books
1
Store Design: A Complete Guide to Designing Successful Retail Stores Paperback – 1 January

2012,by William R Green (Author)

2
Retail Design: Basics Interior Design -uthor Stephen Anderson, Lynne Mesher

ISBN 9781474289252
3
Powershop 6: Retail Design Now- Author William Georgi, Shonquis Moreno, Ana
Martins

ISBN 9789492311351

Design Page | 125

 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)
V SEMESTER– TRADITIONAL SCULPTURE - SHILA SHILPA/
VARNA SHILPA/ LOHA SHILPA/ RATHA SHILPA
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study Submission
Duration Internal Total
Title of the Course hours with Total
of Exam Marks Credits
Per display marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

01 Prayogika Shilpa - 3(4) 180 - 75 75 150 5

02 Shilpa shatsriya Rekha Chitra -3

120 - 50 50 100 4
(4)

03 Pratima Lakshana 3 (4) 45 2 hours 40 60 100 4

Exam
04 Agama -1 (4) 45 2 hours 40 100 3
60

Discipline Specific Elective – DSE

Exam
05 Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra (3) 45 2 hours 40 100 3
60

06 Vocational (3) Refer Common paper 3

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 1
Program Outcomes: By the end of the program the students will be able to:

PO1- Knowledge-Based; Complete in-depth knowledge in their specific fields either in

Iconography or Temple Architecture

PO2- scholarly Profession; Theoretical knowledge is analyzed and applied in their highly
skilled profession.

PO3- Adapted to Modern Techniques; Proficiency in handling modern tools and using a
new technique in traditional sculpting and Temple construction. Mastery of sculpting wood,
and stone and exploring various materials as well.

PO4- Develop Effective Communication; Communicate effectively in Kannada and

English.

PO5- Software application: Students learn 2D &3D software.

PO6- Self-employability; Students are encouraged to work under experts from the
beginning of the course so that they can learn the trade and also be able to support themselves
by earning.

PO7-Renovation Work-They aid in Restoring and renovating ruined temples and other
monuments.

PO8-Temple Construction; Independently conceptualize, design and construct temples in

different styles.

PO9-Research Work; Provide an opportunity to engage themselves in a Research field on

related subjects.

PO10- Respecting Cultural Heritage; Understand the cultural significance of traditional

art, its evolution and purposes. Participate in the process of bringing awareness about the
rich cultural past.

Discipline and respect traditional values.

Learn-Work Model is introduced to help students to apply their theoretical knowledge

in the fieldwork. Continuous theory and practical classes are conducted in Gurukul for 15
to 20 days a month and remaining days students work under expert Shilpi’s Assessment:

Page 2
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Prayogika Shilpa - 5 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 180 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Classification in Devi Pratima or Icons.

❖ Understanding the concept of various attributes of Goddesses.
❖ Understanding the meaning of various shlokas of various forms of Devi Pratima and transforming them
into 3-dimensional form.
❖ Understanding the meaning of various expressions and postures of Goddesses through Dhyana Shloka.
❖ Creating images in thalalmana krama .

Course Description:
To study and create 3D models of various forms of Devi. These images and their constituent parts are drawn
systematically in specified Thalakrama as per the rules prescribed in the ancient texts of Shilpa Shatra.

Once the students develop the knowledge of image-creation, he/she can develop a model in the chosen
material such as stone/ painting/ metal/ wood using relevant tool.

Contents 120 Hrs

1. Creating Pratima of any two forms of Devi with reference to drawings drawn as per thalamanakrama.

2. Pratima could be crafted in stone, wood, sheet, metal, cement, POP or on canvas with colours as selected
by the student.

.Guidelines: Temple visits must be encouraged.

Page 3
 Learning Objectivities:

❖ To create images of various forms and attributes of Goddess and creating them as per Thalamana krama.
❖ Creating images of Parivara devata or subordinate deities of Devi.
❖ Creating images as the description given in Dhyanashloka.
❖ Learn-Work Model -is introduced to help students to apply their theoretical knowledge in the fieldwork.
(Continuous theory and practical classes are conducted in Gurukul for 15 to 25 days a month and
remaining days students work under expert Shilpis)

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

CO1 – Creating 3D of different forms s of Devi in x x x x x x x x

a chosen media (Stone/ Painting/ Metal/ Wood)

CO2- Creating 3D of Various forms and attributes x x x x x x x x

of Devi as per Talamana krama

CO3 – Creating 3D of subsidiary deities of Devi x x x x x x x x

CO4 – learn to create different postures of Devi. x x x x x x x x

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shree Tattvanidhi (Shakti nidhi) - Oriental Research Institute, Mysore.
2 Brahmiyachitrakarma Shastra and Ardhanarishwra by Dr.G.Jnananda

Page 4
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Shilpa Shastriya Rekha Chitra - 5 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Drawing different forms of Devi.

❖ A detailed study with measurements of Head, Torso, Sleeves, legs and also Front, side, Back-side views.
❖ (a)Madhyama Dasha tala vidhi (streemana)
❖ (b) Kanistha Dasha tala vidhi (Streemana)
❖ (c) Sardhanavatala Vidhi (Streemana)
❖ (d) Sardhanavatala Vidhi (purushamana)

Course Description:
To create drawings of various forms of Devi. These images and their constituent parts are drawn
systematically in specified Thalakrama as per the rules prescribed in the ancient texts of Shilpa Shatra

Contents 120 Hrs

Drawing any Nine forms of Goddess Shakti Using thalamana measurements and indicate the scale used.
Use Different sitting, and standing postures in drawings.

Scope: Drawings help to promote deeper knowledge on traditional art. The fundamental characteristics of
symbolic representation, a system of measurement, aesthetics etc are learnt.

Guideline: studying sculptures found in the temples and cave temples of Badami, Aihole, Pattadakal,
Halebeedu, Belur and the like can help in understanding design elements.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Improve drawing skills

❖ Learn to draw images of Shiva and Shivalinga as per Thalamana krama.
❖ Creating images of parivara devata or subordinatdeities of Shiva.

Page 5
 ❖ Drawing images in different postures according to thalamana and as per the description given in
Dhyanashloka.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program
Outcomes (POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Drawing various forms of ofddess Shakti in in x x x x x x x x

suitable scale in thalamnakrama.

Learn to draw various attributes of Devi as per x x x x x x x x

Talamana krama

Drawing subsidiary deities of Devi. x x x x x x x x

Drwaing images in different postures such as x x x x x x x x

Bhanga, abhanga, shayana etc.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shree Tattvanidhi (Shakti nidhi) - Oriental Research Institute, Mysore.
3 Shri Brahmiya Chitrakarma Shastra

4 Vastu Sutra Upaniashad. The Essence of Form in Sacred Art - Boner-

Page 6
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Pratima Lakshana-3 (Theory) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Learn various forms of Goddess Shakti based on mythological stories and the underlying meaning of
various forms (rupa), emotions (bhava), postures (bhangi) and weapons (aayudha) of Goddess Shakti..
❖ Learn to draw various forms of Devi in Madyama Dashatala Vedi as explained in Dhyanashlokas.
❖ Classification of Devi pratimas such as Trishaktis, Ashtalaksmi, Saptamatrikas, Chatushshti Yogini etc.

Course Description:
In this course, students are introduced to various forms of Goddess Shakti. Study of Shakit devatas as
classified in Agama Shastra and puranas. Emphasis will be on understanding hidden meaning and
symbolism in Shilpa Shastra.

Contents 45 Hrs
Unit:1
Fundamental Principles of Shilpa Shastra.
1. Pratima Lakshana of Mahakali, Mahalaskhmi, Mahasaraswati, (Trishaktis)
2. Classification of Devi Pratimas.

Unit: 2
Various attributes of Saptamatrikas

Unit: 3
Various attributes of Ashtalakshmi
Unit: 4
Subordinate gods of Goddess Shakti

Page 7
 Learning Objectivities:

❖ Rules to be followed in making images of Goddess Shakti and its constituent parts to specifies
specifications.
❖ Studying various forms of Goddess Shakti and drawing according to thalamana krama
❖ Detailed study with measurements of Head, Torso, Sleeves, legs and also Front and backside views in
Uttama, madhyama and kanishta Dashathala.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

To Understand the underlying meaning of various x x x x x x

forms (rupa),emotions (bhava), postures (bhangi)
and weapons (aayudha) of Goddess Shakti.

To study forms of Goddess Shakti x x x x x x

Study puranic stories of Devi x x x x x x

Learning dhyanashlokas of various forms of Devi. x x x x x x

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions, and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shree Tattvanidhi (Shakti nidhi) - Oriental Research Institute, Mysore.
2 Shri Brahmiya Chitrakarma Shastra

3 Vastu Sutra Upaniashad. The Essence of Form in Sacred Art - Boner-

4 Devi Purana, Bhagavata etc

Page 8
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Agama 1 (Theory) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC -VA18 Total Marks 100

03
Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits

Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form through Agama literature.
The Agamic knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and
architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.
❖ Students are introduced to the general principles of form-creation are graphically illustrated through
Khila pnajara nirmana.

Course Description:
Agama texts describe the various principle on philosophy, meditation, yoga and construction of temples
and divine images associated with rituals and Vedic hymns etc. It explains the spiritual, intellectual, and
technical processes involved in building temples and cult images.

Contents 45 Hrs
1. Introduction to Agama texts, Classification of Agama texts , List of aagama Texts, Four parts of
Agama.
2. Draw parallelism between Science of Shulba Sutra and Shilpa Sutra.
3. Construction of Yajna Vedi, yajna Mntapa and Yajnayudhas.
4. Navakunda Yajna mantapa & panchakunda Yajna Mantapa.
5. The Yupa or Sacrificial post – Rupa from Yupa (Anthropomorphic transformation in the image
Purusa)
6. Khila panjara Nirmana (compositional drawing)

Page 9
 Learning Objectivities:

❖ Students understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form. the Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.
❖ Students are introduced to the general principles of form-creation are graphically illustrated through
Khila pnajara nirmana.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shilpa Darsha – Dr.G.Jnanada.
2 Alya Darshana by Dr G Jnananda.

3 Vastusutra Upanishad, The essence of Gorm in sacred Art by Alice Boner, Sarma and Baumer

Page 10
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Symbolism in Shilpa Shastra (Theory) Semester fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE -VA E1 Total Marks 100

03
Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits

Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Understand the purpose and essence of symbolism Hindu iconography.

Understand the elements of symbolism – Postures, gestures, ornamentation, emotion, weapons etc.

Understand the various types of Ayudhas (weapons)

Understand the various types hastamudrika and keshavinyasa.

Understand how these symbols reveal the fundamental characters of the divinity.

Course Description:
Ancient artists expressed his deep feelings and meditative experiences through various symbols within the
framework of Shilpa shastra. This course gives the glimpse of different elements of symbolism such as
ornamentation, emotion, postures, gestures, weapons etc.
Contents 45 Hrs
1. Introduction to symbolism in Hindu iconography.
2. Purpose using symbols in traditional art of sculpting.
3. Different forms of elements as symbols used in creating sacred images - Postures, gestures,
ornamentation, emotion, weapons etc.
4. Classification of Ayudhas – war weapons, musical I nstruments,animals, birds, colour, hairdo etc
5. Different hastmudras and abhinayas.

Learning Objectivities

To understand the purpose and essence of symbolism Hindu iconography.

To understand the elements of symbolism – Postures, gestures, ornamentation, emotion, weapons etc.

To understand the various types of Ayudhas (weapons)

To understand the various types hastamudrika and keshavinyasa.

Page 11
 To understand how these symbols reveal the fundamental characters of the divinity.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Brahmiya Chitrakarma Shastra , Samputa III – Dr.G.Jnanada
2 Vastusutra Upanishad, Essence of Form in Sacred Art – Alice boner, Sarma, Baumer

Page 12
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)
VI SEMESTER– TRADITIONAL SCULPTURE - SHILA SHILPA/
VARNA SHILPA/ LOHA SHILPA/ RATHA SHILPA
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study Duration Internal Submission Total
Title of the Course Total
hours Per of Exam Marks with Credits
marks
Semester display

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

01 Prayogika Shilpa – 4 (4) 180 - 75 75 150 5

02 Shilpa shatsriya Rekha Chitra -4

120 - 50 50 100 4
(4)

Exam
03 Pratima Lakshana 4 (4) 45 2 hours 40 100 4
60

Exam
04 Agama-2 (4) 45 2 hours 40 100 3
60
DSCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE - DSE

05 Swarna Shilpa
45 2 hours 40 100 3

06 Vocational Refer Common paper 3

01 Internship 2

Page 13
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Prayogika Shilpa - 4 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 180 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Understanding the concept of Brahma.

❖ Understanding the concept of Vishwakarma as Pancha Brahmas constituting five heads ; Sadyojatha –
Vamadeva, Aghora, Tattpurusha and Eshana.
❖ Understanding the meaning of various expressions and postures of Vishvakarma through Dhyana
Shloka.
❖ Creating images of Panhrsheya -Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna in thalalmana krama .

Course Description:
To create 3D models of Lord Vishvakarma in the form of Panchbrahma. These images and their constituent
parts are drawn systematically in specified Thalakrama as per the rules prescribed in the ancient texts of
Shilpa Shatra.

Once the students develop the knowledge of image-creation, he/she can develop a model in the chosen
material such as stone/ painting/ metal/ wood using relevant tool

Contents 180 Hrs

1. Creating 3D models/ Painting of Vishvakarma icons as per thalamana krama in chosen material.
2. Learning to make 3D models/ painting of image of Pancha brahma Vishvakarma in Tala mana
(Purushamana) - Front, Side & Back
3. Creating 3D models/paintings of one of Shilparshis- Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna in
thalalmana krama Guidelines: Temple visits must be encouraged. Iconagraphy found in the temples
of Hoysala and Chalukyan style can be compared

Page 14
 Learning Objectivities:

❖ To create images of Vishvakarma as per Thalamana krama.

❖ Creating images of one of the Pancharsheya images.
❖ Creating images as the description given in Dhyanashloka.
❖ Learn-Work Model -is introduced to help students to apply their theoretical knowledge in the fieldwork.
(Continuous theory and practical classes are conducted in Gurukul for 15 to 20 days a month and
remaining days students work under expert Shilpi’s)

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Making 3D models/Painting of Lord Vishvakarma in a x x x x x x x x

selected material (Stone/ Painting/ Metal/ Wood)

Making 3D models/Painting of one of the x x x x x x x x

Pancharsheya images in selected material (Stone/
Painting/ Metal/ Wood)

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Brahmoiya Chitrakarma Shastra by Dr.G.Jnanananda
2 Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra by Dr.G.Jnanananda

3 Pancharatra Agama

4 Vaikhanasa Agama

Page 15
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Shilpa Shastriya Rekha Chitra - 4 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Understanding the concept of Lord Vishwakarma in Indian Traditional art.

❖ Understanding the meaning of shlokas of various forms of Lord Vishvakarma and transforming them
into pictorial form.
❖ Understanding the meaning of various bhava and postures of Vishvakarma images.
❖ Drawing images in thalalmana krama – any one image of Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna

Course Description:
To create drawings of Vishvakarma Pratimas. These images and their constituent parts are drawn
systematically in specified Thalakrama as per the rules prescribed in the ancient texts of Shilpa Shatra

Contents 120 Hrs

Drawings of Pancha brahma Vishvakarama Tala mana (Purushamana) - Front, Side & Back

Drawings Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Improve drawing skills

❖ Learn to draw images of Panchabrahma Vishvakarma as per Thalamana krama.
❖ Creating images of Pancharsheya Rishis - Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna.
❖ Drawing images in different postures according to thalamana and as per the description given in
Dhyanashloka.

Page 16
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Drawing different types of Vishvakarma Icons x x x x x x

Drawing Various forms and attributes of Vishvakarma x x x x x x

as per Talamana krama

Drawing any one of Pancharis -Maya, Manu, tvastru, x x x x x x

Shilpi & Vishvajna

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Brahmoiya Chitrakarma Shastra by Dr.G.Jnanananda
2 Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra by Dr.G.Jnanananda

3 Pancharatra Agama

4 Vaikhanasa Agama

Page 17
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Pratima Lakshana-4 (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Learn the and understand the image of Lord Vishvakarma as Panchbrahma constituting five faces
namely Sadyojatha, Vamadeva, Aghora, Tatpurusha and Ishana.
❖ Learn various forms of Lord Vishvakarma based on mythological stories and the underlying meaning
of various forms (rupa), emotions (bhava), postures (bhangi) and weapons (aayudha) of Lord
Vishvakarma.
❖ Learn dhyanshlokas of Pancharshis- Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna.

Course Description:
In this course, students are introduced Vishvakarma Pratimas. Study of Vishvakarma Pratimas with
reference to Vedic literature. Students learn images of Pancharishis of Shilpavidya, their attributes, postures
and Vahanas. Emphasis will be on understanding hidden meaning and symbolism in Shilpa Shastra.

Contents 45 Hrs
Unit:1
1. Textual references of Panchbrahma Viashvakarma.

Unit: 2

2. Form and attributes of Panchbrahma Viashvakarma.

Unit: 3

Textual refernces on pancharsheya Rishis -Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & Vishvajna

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Rules to be followed in making Vishvakarma Pratimas and its attributes.

❖ Studying images of Ashtadikpalaka murtis and pancharsheya Rishis –(Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi &
Vishvajna) and drawing according to thalamana krama .

Page 18
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

To understand Vishvakarma Rupa Lakshna x x x x x x x x

To Understand the underlying meaning of various x x x x x x x x

forms (rupa),emotions (bhava), postures (bhangi) and
weapons (aayudha) of Lord Vishvakarma.

pancharsheya Rishis -Maya, Manu, tvastru, Shilpi & x x x x x x x x

Vishvajna

Learning dhyanashlokas of Vishvakarma. x x x x x x x x

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Brahmoiya Chitrakarma Shastra by Dr.G.Jnanananda
2 Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra by Dr.G.Jnanananda

3 Pancharatra Agama

4 Vaikhanasa Agama

Page 19
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Agama 2 (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC -VA22 Total Marks 100

03
Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits

Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Students understand the textual basis worshipping divine order in its visible form. the Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.
❖ Temple as a symbol of Paramapurausha, the various parts of the temple representing the limbs of
Paramapurausha or Supreme Being.

Course Description:
Agama texts describe the philosophy, meditation, yoga and construction of temples and divine images
associated with rituals and Vedic hymns etc. It explains the spiritual, intellectual, and technical processes
involved in building temples and cult images.
Contents 45 Hrs
1. Concept of Sacred Architecture.
2. Selection of site
3. Vastuppada Mandala.
4. Process of inducing divinity to temple structure by sacred geometry. The concept of scale,
proportion and measurement system.
5. Concept of Paancha Kosha - Mahamaryadi- Annamaya kosha/ the food sheath, Maryadi- Pranamaya
kosha/ the mind sheath, Madyahara-Manomaya kosha/ the mind sheath, Antarhara-Vijnayanamaya
kosha/ the intellect sheath and Antarmandala- Anandamaya kosha/ the bliss sheat.)
6. Shadadhara Pratishte.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Students understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form. the Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.

Page 20
 ❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.
❖ Temple as a symbol of Paramapurausha, the various parts of the temple representing the limbs of
Paramapurausha or Supreme Being.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shilpa Darsha – Dr.G.Jnanada.
2 Alya Darshana by Dr G Jnananda.

3 Vastusutra Upanishad, The essence of Gorm in sacred Art by Alice Boner, Sarma and Baumer

Page 21
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Shila Shilpa/ Varna Shilpa/ Loha Shilpa/ Ratha Shilpa

Course Title Swarna Shilpa (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE -VA E2 Total Marks 100

03
Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits

Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Understand the essence of ornamentation in Indian culture from Vedic period.

Understand the various kinds of ornaments described in shilpashastra.
Learn the nomenclature and deign patterns of several ornaments used in creating divine images.
Course Description:
Ornaments are integral part of Indian society from time immemorial and they are indispensable for creating
sacred sculpture. This course introduces various types of ornaments worn on different parts of the body
with their nomenclature and illustrations.
Contents 45 Hrs
1. History of Ornamentation in Ancient india – Harappana period, Vediv Period
2. Classification of ornaments in Shilpashastra – ornaments to be adorned in head, neck, chest, waist,
feet etc
3. Names, design and patterns of several ornaments and described with illustrations.
4. Information on Mauli lakshana, kirita lakshan, Keshavinyasa.
5. Spiritual aspect of ornamentation in Hindu culture. (Thathvika hinnale)

Learning Objectivities

To understand the essence of ornamentation in Indian culture from Vedic period.

To understand the various kinds of ornaments described in shilpashastra.

To learn the nomenclature and deign patterns of several ornaments used in creating divine images.

Page 22
Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Swarna Shilpa Shastra – Pr. Kapilavayi lingamurthy & Dr.G.Jnanada
2 Vastusutra Upanishad, The essence of Gorm in sacred Art by Alice Boner, Sarma and Baumer

Page 23
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)
V SEMESTER– TEMPLE ARCHITECTURE - STRUCTURE / GOPURA
SHILPA
Sl Studio/ Marks
No. study Submission
Duration Internal Total
Title of the Course hours with Total
of Exam Marks Credits
Per display marks
Semester

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

01 Studio Practice - 3(4) 180 - 75 75 150 5

02 Architectural Drawing -3 (4) 120 - 50 50 100 4

03 Prasda Lakshana 3 (4) 45 2 hours 40 Exam 100 4

Exam
04 Agama - 1 (4) 45 2 hours 40 100 3
60

Discipline Specific Elective – DSE

05 Building Construction & Exam

45 2 hours 40 100 3
Materials (3) 60

06 Vocational Refer Common paper 3

01 Employability / Cyber Security 2

Page 24
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Studio Practice - 3 (Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA15 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 180 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Understand the specifications of various parts of the temple structure.

❖ Understanding the design and decoration of external wall of the Girbhagriha.
❖ Understanding the design and proportion of various architectural elements such as Dwara Lakshana ,
Torana, Kudyastambha, Prastara, Devakoshta etc
❖ Understand the architectural elements of superstructure or Shikhara -
❖ Understand the scale and proportion of Ekathala Vimana.
❖ Making 3dimensional Models of these elements as per the specifications given in Shilpa Shastra texts.

Course Description:
Learn the design and decoration of temple structure up to roof level.

3D models of parts and sub-parts of a temple structure.

Develop a 3D model of Ekathala Vimana.

Contents 120 Hrs

1. Making 3dimensional models of various architectural elements of the temple structure.

2. Making 3dimensional model of Ekathala Vimana in a given scale and proportion in a given material.

Guidelines: Temple visits must be encouraged.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Making 3dimensional Models to understand the design and decoration of various architectural elements.
❖ Making 3Dimensional models of Ekathala viman in a given material to understand proportion different
parts of the temple to each other and to the whole.

Page 25
 ❖ Learn-Work Model -is introduced to help students to apply their theoretical knowledge in the fieldwork.
(Continuous theory and practical classes are conducted in Gurukul for 15 to 20 days a month and
remaining days students work under expert Shilpi’s)

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Program Outcomes (POs)

Outcomes (POs) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Learn the specifications of Ekathala Vimana. x x x x x x x x

Making 3D models of different architectural x x x x x x x x

elements

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Sri Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra (Purvardha) – Dr. G. Jnananada

2 Prasada lakshanam

3 Devalaya Vastu by M.Prabhakar

4 Glimpses of Indian Engineering and Technology by R.P. Kulkarni

Page 26
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Architectural Drawing 1 (Practical) Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA16 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Design and draw Wall Decoration such as – Kudya stambha, Dwara lakshana, Panjara, Vritta sputitha,
Devakoshta,
❖ Temple plans Elevations are drawn by calculating proportional measurements of Manasutra.
❖ Learn the decorative architecture found in Indian temple Architecture. (Manasutra).

Course Description:
Determining the basic dimension of the structure called Manasutra by Ayadi Ganita and then Calculating
the proportional measurements of various parts of the temple in Elevation.

Draw Ekathala Vimana according to specifications prescribed in ShilpaShastra.

Draw different parts of a temple structure with all the decorations.

Contents 120 Hrs

1. Drawing different parts of the temple up to the roof level such as Kunda. Kudya stambha, Dwara
lakshana, Panjara, Vritta sputitha, Devakoshta, Prastara varga etc.

2. Drawing various parts found in the superstructure or shikhara (above roof level).

3. Drawing plan and elevations of Ekathala Vimana.

Scope: Drawings helps to promote deeper knowledge on traditional art. The fundamental characteristics of
symbolic representation, system of measurement, aesthetics etc are learnt.

Guideline: studying different traditions of temple architecture practiced in Karnataka and identify various
parts of the structure.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Learn to calculate proportional measurements of various parts of the temple

Page 27
 ❖ Drawing Ekathala Vimana according to the specifications provided in the ancient texts of Shilpa shastra.
❖ Learn to draw decorative architecture found in temple structures.
❖ Drawing views of the Temple- plan, section and Elevation.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Drawing different parts of the temple upto roof x x x x x x x x

level

Drawing a temple parts placed above the roof x x x x x x x x

level.

Drawing a temple plan, section and elevation. x x x x x x x x

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Sri Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra (Purvardha) – Dr. G. Jnananada
2 Mansara By P.K.Acharaya

3 Devalaya Vastu by M.Prabhakar

4 Bharatha Khandada devalayagalu by Vidwan Asuri Shrinivasa Ayengar & Vidwan Tirupati
Shrinivasa Aiyengar

5 Alaya Darshana By Dr. G. Jnanananda

6 Prasada lakshanam

7 Glimpses of Indian Engineering and Technology by R.P. Kulkarni antrasamuchchaya

Page 28
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Prasada Lakshana 1(Practical) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA17 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Students are able to deduce the proportional measurements of temple parts as described in Shilpa
Shastras.
❖ Students learn to design and draw various varga and upavarga (parts and subparts) of the temple
structure

Course Description:
Calculating proportional measurements of different parts of the Temple and drawing plan and Elevation
accordingly.
The geometrical proportion and ornamentation pattern of various vargas and upavargas (parts and sub-
parts) of the temple.

Contents 45 Hrs
Unit: 1
Designing of various parts of temple upto Prastara.
01.Dwara Lakshan
02. Devakoshta
Unit: 2
03 Vritta Spatitha
04 Torana Lakshana
05 Jalaka Lakshana
Unit: 3
Designing of various parts of superstructure
06 Vedi Lakshna
07 Shikhara lakshan & Nasi Lakshana
08 Kalsha Lakshana
Unit: 4
09 Designing Ekathala Vimana

Page 29
 Learning Objectivities:

❖ Calculate different parts of the temple as prescribed in Shilpa texts.

❖ Design and decoration principles of Traditional Architecture.
❖ Learn the established principles of geometric proportion of parts and sub parts of the temple structure.
❖ To design and develop the

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Calculate the proportional dimensions of different x x x x x x

temple parts.

Decorative elements of found on the wall/Bhitti x x x x x x

Learning different parts of Vimana x x x x x x

Designing and developing model of Ekathala x x x x x x

Vimana.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 10%

Tests 20%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 40%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Sri Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra (Purvardha) – Dr. G. Jnananada
2 Mansara By P.K.Acharaya

3 Devalaya Vastu by M.Prabhakar

4 Bharatha Khandada devalayagalu by Vidwan Asuri Shrinivasa Ayengar & Vidwan Tirupati
Shrinivasa Aiyengar

Page 30
References
5 Alaya Darshana By Dr. G. Jnanananda

6 Prasada lakshanam

7 Glimpses of Indian Engineering and Technology by R.P. Kulkarni

8 Tantrasamuchchaya

Page 31
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Agama 1 (Theory) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSC -VA 18 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Students understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form. The Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.
❖ Students are introduced to the general principles of form-creation are graphically illustrated through
Khila pnajara nirmana.

Course Description:
Agama texts describe the philosophy, meditation, yoga and construction of temples and divine images
associated with rituals and Vedic hymns etc. It explains the spiritual, intellectual, and technical processes
involved in building temples and cult images.

Contents 45 Hrs
1. Introduction to Agama texts, Classification of Agama texts, List of Agama Texts, Four parts of
Agama.
2. Parallelism between Science of sulba sutra and Shilpa Sutra.
3. Construction of Yajna Vedi, yajna Mntapa and Yajnayudhas.
4. Navakunda Yajna mantapa & panchakunda Yajna Mantapa.
5. The Yupa or Sacrificial post – Rupa from Yupa (Anthropomorphic transformation in the image
Purusa)
6. Khila panjara Nirmana (compositional drawing)

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Students understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form. the Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.

Page 32
 ❖ Students are introduced to the general principles of form-creation are graphically illustrated through
Khila pnajara nirmana.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shilpa Darsha – Dr.G.Jnanada.
2 Alya Darshana by Dr G Jnananda.

3 Vastusutra Upanishad, The essence of Gorm in sacred Art by Alice Boner, Sarma and Baumer

Page 33
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Building Material & Construction 1 (Theory) Semester Fifth Semester

Course Code: DSE -VA E1 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Gives Knowledge about different building materials used for construction of buildings.
❖ To study the basic parts of a building and their construction techniques
❖ Understand the properties of different materials used in the field of construction.

Course Description:
Provide information on relevant visual and physical properties of the widest range of building materials.

Contents 45 Hrs
Building Materials I– Stone, Brick , Aggregate
Building Materials II– Cement & Admixtures.
Builng material II- Wood, Aluminium, Glass etc
Construct various types of foundations – shallow, deep.
Execute various types of masonry brick, stone, composite etc.
Construct various structural and non-structural building components – door & windows, roofing, arches ,
lintels, staircase etc.
Plastering, Painting, Pointing & Damp proofing
Apply special treatments like water resistance, thermal insulation acoustical construction.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ To study different types of building materials used for construction of buildings

❖ To study the basic parts of a building and their construction techniques

Page 34
Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Construction materials and Practice, Seenivasan KU, Deepa Printers-Coimbatore-12
2 A Text Book of Building Materials, C.J. Kulkarrni

3 Building Construction by S.C.Rangawala.

Page 35
 PRACTIAL INTERNAL SUBMISSION
V Semester
50% MARKS

Sl. NUMBER OF
SUBJECT MEDIUM
No. WORKS
1 STUDIO PRACTICE -1(5)
Any two of the decorative elements found
on temple wall, eg. – Kumbha latah, vritha POP/Wood/Stone/Brick 02 works
spatita, thorana etc.
2 Architetcural Drawing -1 (4)
*Drawing of Bhitti alankarana Charcoal/ Watercolor /
*Temple plan Oil Pastel /Dry Pastel /Acrylic/ 06 Works
*Temple Elevation Digital media.

3 All course digital works are Mandatory Using any digital software 02 works

Total Works 10

NOTE:

1. For the Internal Submission Students should submit Minimum 10 works.

Students should submit the works which are done in the studio hours.

2. Test will be conducted for all the DSC/OE practical subjects.

3. Cumulative internal assessment is mandatory.

INTERNAL SUBMISSION BASED ON FOLLOWING CRITERIAS:

Involvement & Punctuality Technical Skill Concept, Creativity, Presentation Practical Test

20% 20% 40% 20%

Page 36
 Contents of Courses for Bachelor of visual Arts (BVA)
VI SEMESTER– TEMPLE ARCHITECTURE - STRUCTURE / GOPURA
SHILPA
Sl Studio/
No. study
Title of the Course Marks
hours Per
Duration Internal Total
Semester
of Exam Marks Credits
Submission
Total
with
marks
display

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE - DSC

01 Studio Practice - 4(4) 180 - 75 75 150 5

02 Architectural Drawing -4 (4) 120 - 50 50 100 4

03 Prasda Lakshana 4 (4) 45 2 hours 40 Exam 100 4

Exam
04 Agama - 2 (4) 45 2 hours 40 100 3
60

Discipline Specific Elective – DSE

05 Building Construction & Exam

45 2 hours 40 100 3
Materials (3) 60

06 Vocational Refer Common paper 3

01 Internship 2

Page 37
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Studio Practice - 4 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA19 Total Marks 150

Contact hours 180 Hours Practical No. of Credits 05
Formative Assessment Marks 75 Summative Assessment Marks 75

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Design and develop the 3D model of Ekathala Vimana

❖ Design and develop 3D model different types of Ekathala Vimana based on their proportion.
❖ Design and develop 3D model of Vimana with multiple storeys as prescribed in Shilpashastra.

Course Description:
Calculating dimension of temple typologies derived by differ in their geometric proportions.

Develop the models of temple typologies.

Develop temple models topped by towers one storey to multiple storeys.

Contents 180 Hrs

1. Detailed study of Shantikaadi temple varieties.

2. Detailed study of design specifications of these temple typologies.

3. Detailed study of Temple tower constituting multiple stories.

Guidelines: Temple visits must be encouraged. Architectural decoration found in the temples of Hoysala
and Chalukyan style can be compared.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Calculating different Temple typologies.

❖ Detail study of temple tower with multiple storeys and its constituent vargas (parts).
❖ To develop temple varieties based on the number of storeys given.

Page 38
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Making 3d models of different Temple typologies. x x x x x x x x

Detail study of architectural components of temple x x x x x x x x

tower through 3D.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Sri Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra (Purvardha) – Dr. G. Jnananada
2 Mansara By P.K.Acharaya

3 Devalaya Vastu by M.Prabhakar

4 Bharatha Khandada devalayagalu by Vidwan Asuri Shrinivasa Ayengar & Vidwan Tirupati
Shrinivasa Aiyengar

5 Alaya Darshana By Dr. G. Jnanananda

6 Prasada lakshanam

7 Glimpses of Indian Engineering and Technology by R.P. Kulkarni

Page 39
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Architectural Drawing 4 (Practical) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA20 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 120 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 50 Summative Assessment Marks 50

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Design and draw a detailed plan of the temple and corresponding front and side views with all the
architectural components
❖ Design and draw different types of temples based on proportional measurement, such as Shantika,
Paushtika, Adbhuta, Jayada and Sarvakamika.
❖ Design and drawing of temple tower constituting a multiple storeys.

Course Description:
Detailed drawing of Shantikadi temple varieties with all the corresponding decorative components.
Drawing Temple tower with multiple storeys as prescribed in ShilpaShastra.

Contents 120 Hrs

1. Detailed drawing of different temple Typologies- Santika, Paustika, Jayada, Adbhuta and sarvakamika

2. Detailed drawing of Dwithala to panchathala vimanasa.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Design and draw a detail plan of the temple and corresponding front and side views with all the
architectural components
❖ Design and draw different types of temple based on the proportional measurement, such as Shantika,
Paushtika, Adbhuta, Jayada and Sarvakamika.
❖ Design and drawing of temple tower constituting multiple number of thalas or storeys.

Page 40
Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Design and drawing of different Temple typologies. x x x x x x

Detail study of architectural components of temple x x x x x x

tower through drawing.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Practical

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Practical Assignments 25%

Pictorial Composition Projects 15%

Pictorial Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Sri Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra (Purvardha) – Dr. G. Jnananada
2 Mansara By P.K.Acharaya

3 Devalaya Vastu by M.Prabhakar

4 Bharatha Khandada devalayagalu by Vidwan Asuri Shrinivasa Ayengar & Vidwan Tirupati
Shrinivasa Aiyengar

5 Alaya Darshana By Dr. G. Jnanananda

6 Prasada lakshanam

7 Glimpses of Indian Engineering and Technology by R.P. Kulkarni

8 Tantrasamuchchaya

Page 41
Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Prasada Lakshana 4(Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC-VA21 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 04
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Understand the textual references explaining the classification of temples.

❖ Design and develop models of Shantika, Paushtika, Adbhuta, Jayada and Sarvakamika typologies.
❖ Designing of temple tower constituting multiple storeys.

Course Description:
❖ Understand the textual references explaining designing of the classification of temples and develop
different temple typologies.
❖ Design specifaications of Shantika, Paushtika, Adbhuta, Jayada and Sarvakamika typologies. Width-
Height ratio of these types and proportional dimensions of their constituent parts are studied to develop
3D models.
❖ Designing of temple tower constituting a multiple storeys.

Contents 45 Hrs
Unit: 1
1. Ekathala Vimana
2. Classifiaction of Vimana

Unit: 2
3. Dwithala, tritala Vimana
4. Chatustala & panchathala Vimana

Unit: 3
5. Number of Thala/ Storeys from 6 to 12

Unit: 4
6. Comparing temples towers of different styles like, Dravida, Karnata Dravida (Vesara) etc.

Page 42
 Learning Objectivities:

❖ Detail Study of various components of temple Tower.

❖ Calculating measurements for various temple typologies.

Course Articulation Matrix: Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Program Outcomes (POs 1-15)

Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Outcomes (COs) / Program Outcomes
(POs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Design principles of developing typologies in temple x x x x x x x x

structure.

Design specifications temple tower with number of x x x x x x x x

floors varying from 1 to 12

Drawing various architectural elements found in the x x x x x x x x

superstructure.

Pedagogy: Studio and outdoor work, demonstrations, slide shows and museum/gallery visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 10%

Tests 20%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 40%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1. Sri Kashyapa Shilpa Shastra (Purvardha) – Dr. G. Jnananada
2. Devalaya Vastu by M.Prabhakar

3. Bharatha Khandada devalayagalu by Vidwan Asuri Shrinivasa Ayengar & Vidwan Tirupati
Shrinivasa Aiyengar

4. Alaya Darshana By Dr. G. Jnanananda

5. Prasada lakshanam

6. Glimpses of Indian Engineering and Technology by R.P. Kulkarni

7. Tantrasamuchchaya

Page 43
Program Name BVA in Traditional Sculpture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Agama 2 (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSC -VA22 Total Marks 100

03
Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits

Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Students understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form. the Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.
❖ Temple as a symbol of Paramapurausha, the various parts of the temple representing the limbs of
Paramapurausha or Supreme Being.

Course Description:
Agama texts describe the philosophy, meditation, yoga and construction of temples and divine images
associated with rituals and Vedic hymns etc. It explains the spiritual, intellectual, and technical processes
involved in building temples and cult images.
Contents 45 Hrs
7. Selection of site.
8. Vastuppada Mandala.
9. Process of inducing divinity to temple structure by sacred geometry. The concept of scale,
proportion and measurement system.
10. Paancha Kosha Concept- Mahamaryadi- Annamaya kosha/ the food sheath, Maryadi- Pranamaya
kosha/ the mind sheath, Madyahara-Manomaya kosha/ the mind sheath, Antarhara-Vijnayanamaya
kosha/ the intellect sheath and Antarmandala- Anandamaya kosha/ the bliss sheat.)
11. Shadadhara Pratishte.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ Students understand the textual basis of worshipping divine order in its visible form. the Agamic
knowledge provides the ritualistic and philosophical foundation of traditional art and architecture.
❖ Origin of temple architecture from Vedic alters.

Page 44
 ❖ Temple as a symbol of Paramapurausha, the various parts of the temple representing the limbs of
Paramapurausha or Supreme Being.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Shilpa Darsha – Dr.G.Jnanada.
2 Alya Darshana by Dr G Jnananda.

3 Vastusutra Upanishad, The essence of Gorm in sacred Art by Alice Boner, Sarma and Baumer

Page 45
 Program Name BVA in Temple Architecture - Structure / Gopura Shilpa

Course Title Building Material & Construction 2 (Theory) Semester Sixth Semester

Course Code: DSE -VA E2 Total Marks 100

Contact hours 45 Hours Practical No. of Credits 03
Formative Assessment Marks 40 Summative Assessment Marks 60

Course Outcomes (COs): After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

❖ Gives Knowledge about different building materials used for construction of buildings.
❖ To study the basic parts of a building and their construction techniques
❖ Understand the properties and properties of different materials in the field of construction.

Course Description:
Provide information on relevant visual and physical properties of the widest range of building materials.

Contents 45 Hrs
Construct various structural and non-structural building components –door & windows, roofing, arches ,
lintels, staircase etc.
R.C.C.- What is RCC., Advantages and disadvantages, types of roofing.
Plastering, Painting, Pointing & Damp proofing
Apply special treatments like water resistance, thermal insulation acoustical construction.

Learning Objectivities:

❖ To study different types of building materials used for construction of buildings

❖ To study the basic parts of a building and their construction techniques

Pedagogy: Lectures, Presentations, Seminars, discussions and museum/site visits

Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Theory Assignments 25%

Tests 15%

Page 46
 Formative Assessment for Theory

Assessment Occasion/ type Weightage in Marks

Composition related activities like, Quiz, seminar, Team activities 10%

Total 50%

Formative Assessments are compulsory

References
1 Construction materials and Practice, Seenivasan KU, Deepa Printers-Coimbatore-12
2 A Text Book of Building Materials, C.J. Kulkarrni

3 Building Construction by S.C.Rangawala.

Page 47
 QUESTION PAPER
BVA-VISUAL ART: ALL SEMESTER THEORY PAPER
EXAMINATIONS
Instructions to the Question Paper setters:

1. Kindly choose questions from all the units & Chapters of the syllabus given

2. Make sure the words and sentences are properly framed and the clarity of the question
written is clearly understandable by the student

3. Give equal weightage to all the Chapter while framing the question

4. Do not frame the questions on subject area which is not included in the syllabus.

5. Frame the questions in such a way that, the questions shall be answerable in the given
Examination duration.

6. Use the words such as; Define, Explain with suitable example, discuss briefly about,
Justify, write a brief note etc., when it is necessary in question

7. Do not frame double question in a single question like;

8. Observe the below model question paper. It is only a Model question paper. You can
modify the type of questions as per the subject you are supposed to set a Question
paper, without deviating too much from the distribution and weightage of the marks

Page 150
 Question Paper (Theory)

Institute / University Name

Programme BVA in XXX Month/Year

Course Code: Course Title:

Duration of Exam 2 Hours Max Marks 60 Marks

Instruction: Answer all the sections

Section-A
Give short answer for Any Ten Question. (Each question carries 2 marks) (10X02 =20)

Section-B
Define /Write Short Answers to Any Four of the following questions given below (4X5=20)

a).
b).
c).
d).
e).
f).

Section-C
Write a brief essay on Any Two question given below (2X10=20)

i.
ii.
iii.

Page 151